[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023068573A1 - Method by which terminal determines reference paging cycle in wireless mobile communication system, and device - Google Patents

Method by which terminal determines reference paging cycle in wireless mobile communication system, and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023068573A1
WO2023068573A1 PCT/KR2022/014326 KR2022014326W WO2023068573A1 WO 2023068573 A1 WO2023068573 A1 WO 2023068573A1 KR 2022014326 W KR2022014326 W KR 2022014326W WO 2023068573 A1 WO2023068573 A1 WO 2023068573A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
discontinuous reception
value
terminal
field
specific
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2022/014326
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
๊น€์„ฑํ›ˆ
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Blackpin Inc
Original Assignee
Blackpin Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Blackpin Inc filed Critical Blackpin Inc
Priority to CN202280065663.4A priority Critical patent/CN118044287A/en
Publication of WO2023068573A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023068573A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/005Transmission of information for alerting of incoming communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for receiving paging by determining a reference paging cycle in a wireless communication system.
  • 5G communication systems In order to meet the growing demand for wireless data traffic after the commercialization of 4G communication systems, 5G communication systems have been developed. In order to achieve a high data rate, the 5G communication system has introduced a very high frequency (mmWave) band (eg, such as the 60 GHz band). In order to mitigate the path loss of radio waves and increase the propagation distance of radio waves in the ultra-high frequency band, beamforming, massive MIMO, and Full Dimensional MIMO (FD-MIMO) are used in 5G communication systems. ), array antenna, analog beam-forming and large scale antenna technologies are used. In the 5G communication system, scalability is increased by dividing the base station into a central unit and a distribution unit. In addition, the 5G communication system aims to support very high data rates and very low transmission delays in order to support various services.
  • mmWave very high frequency
  • FD-MIMO Full Dimensional MIMO
  • 5G communication such as sensor network, machine to machine (M2M), and machine type communication (MTC) is implemented by techniques such as beamforming, MIMO, and array antenna.
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal performing the MTC communication requires only limited performance compared to a general smart phone, and a terminal having only reduced performance for MTC communication is referred to as a RedCap UE.
  • a terminal having only reduced performance for MTC communication is referred to as a RedCap UE.
  • Disclosed embodiments are intended to provide a method and apparatus for receiving paging by determining a reference paging cycle by a terminal in a wireless communication system.
  • a method of a terminal receiving a first message including a first field and a second field from an access mobility function, receiving a second message including a third field from a base station receiving system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle from a base station, determining a reference discontinuous reception cycle, determining a paging frame based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle, the paging frame monitoring paging opportunities in
  • the disclosed embodiment provides a method and apparatus for receiving paging by determining a reference paging cycle by a terminal in a wireless communication system.
  • 1A is a diagram illustrating the structure of a 5G system and an NG-RAN according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 1B is a diagram illustrating a radio protocol structure in a NR system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 2a is a diagram illustrating bandwidth portion adjustment and bandwidth portion.
  • 2B is a diagram illustrating a search period and a control resource set.
  • 3A is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 3B is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to discontinuous reception according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 3C is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to system information update according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart for explaining an operation of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 5A is a block diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal to which the present invention is applied.
  • 5B is a block diagram showing the internal structure of a base station to which the present invention is applied.
  • connection node a term referring to network entities, a term referring to messages, a term referring to an interface between network entities, and a term referring to various types of identification information. Etc. are illustrated for convenience of description. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the terms described below, and other terms indicating objects having equivalent technical meanings may be used.
  • the present invention uses terms and names defined in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standard, which is the most up-to-date among existing communication standards.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • the present invention is not limited by the above terms and names, and may be equally applied to systems conforming to other standards.
  • Table 1 lists the abbreviations used in the present invention.
  • Table 2 defines terms frequently used in the present invention.
  • Carrier frequency center frequency of the cell Cell combination of downlink and optionally uplink resources.
  • the linking between the carrier frequency of the downlink resources and the carrier frequency of the uplink resources is indicated in the system information transmitted on the downlink resources.
  • Cell Group in dual connectivity, a group of serving cells associated with either the MeNB or the SeNB.
  • Cell selection A process to find a suitable cell either blindly or based on the stored information
  • System Information Block 2 and System Information Block 3 provide the CRP of the serving frequency and CRPs of inter-frequencies respectively.
  • UE consider higher priority frequency for cell reselection if channel condition of the frequency is better than a specific threshold even if channel condition of a lower priority frequency is better than that of the higher priority frequency.
  • Dedicated signaling Signaling sent on DCCH logical channel between the network and a single UE.
  • Field The individual contents of an information element are referred to as fields.
  • Global cell identity An identity to uniquely identifying an NR cell. It is consisted of cellIdentity and plmn-Identity of the first PLMN-Identity in plmn-IdentityList in SIB1.
  • gNB node providing NR user plane and control plane protocol terminations towards the UE, and connected via the NG interface to the 5GC.
  • the Length field in MAC subheader indicates the length of the corresponding MAC SDU or of the corresponding MAC CE LCID 6 bit logical channel identity in MAC subheader to denote which logical channel traffic or which MAC CE is included in the MAC subPDU Logical channel a logical path between a RLC entity and a MAC entity.
  • CCCH Common Control Channel
  • DCCH Dedicate Control Channel
  • DTCH Dedicate Traffic Channel
  • PCCH Policy Control Channel
  • PLMN PLMN which UE has registered to selected PLMN PLMN which UE has selected to perform registration procedure equivalent PLMN PLMN which is equivalent to registered PLMN.
  • UE is informed of list of EPLMNs by AMF during registration procedure
  • PLMN ID Check the process that checks whether a PLMN ID is the RPLMN identity or an EPLMN identity of the UE.
  • Primary Cell The MCG cell, operating on the primary frequency, in which the UE either performs the initial connection establishment procedure or initiates the connection re-establishment procedure.
  • Radio Bearer Logical path between a PDCP entity and upper layer (i.e. SDAP entity or RRC) RLC bearer RLC and MAC logical channel configuration of a radio bearer in one cell group.
  • RLC bearer configuration The lower layer part of the radio bearer configuration comprising the RLC and logical channel configurations.
  • Serving Cell For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED not configured with CA/DC there is only one serving cell comprising of the primary cell. For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED configured with CA/ DC the term 'serving cells' is used to denote the set of cells comprising of the Special Cell(s) and all secondary cells. SpCell primary cell of a master or secondary cell group.
  • SRBs SRB Signaling Radio Bearers
  • RBs Radio Bearers
  • SRB0 SRB0 is for RRC messages using the CCCH logical channel
  • SRB1 SRB1 is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages prior to the establishment of SRB2, all using DCCH logical channel
  • SRB2 SRB2 is for NAS messages and for RRC messages which include logged measurement information, all using DCCH logical channel.
  • SRB2 has a lower priority than SRB1 and may be configured by the network after AS security activation;
  • SRB3 SRB3 is for specific RRC messages when UE is in (NG)EN-DC or NR-DC, all using DCCH logical channel
  • SRB4 SRB4 is for RRC messages which include application layer measurement reporting information, all using DCCH logical channel.
  • CCCH CCCH is a logical channel to transfer initial RRC messages such as RRCSetupRequest, RRCResumeRequest and RRCSetup DCCH
  • DCCH is a logical channel to transfer RRC messages after RRC connection establishment Suitable cell A cell on which a UE may camp.
  • the cell is part of either the selected PLMN or the registered PLMN or PLMN of the Equivalent PLMN list -
  • the cell is not barred -
  • the cell is part of at least one TA that is not part of the list of "Forbidden Tracking Areas for Roaming" (TS 22.011 [18]), which belongs to a PLMN that fulfills the first bullet above.
  • the cell selection criterion S is fulfilled (ie RSRP and RSRQ are better than specific values
  • the 5G system consists of NG-RAN (1a-01) and 5GC (1a-02).
  • An NG-RAN node is one of the two below.
  • gNB providing NR user plane and control plane towards UE
  • ng-eNB providing E-UTRA user plane and control plane to UE side.
  • gNBs (1a-05 to 1a-06) and ng-eNBs (1a-03 to 1a-04) are interconnected through an Xn interface.
  • the gNB and ng-eNB are connected to an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) (1a-07) and a User Plane Function (UPF) (1a-08) through an NG interface.
  • AMF (1a-07) and UPF (1a-08) can be composed of one physical node or separate physical nodes.
  • gNBs (1a-05 to 1a-06) and ng-eNBs (1a-03 to 1a-04) host the functions listed below.
  • Radio bearer control radio admission control, connection mobility control, dynamic allocation of resources to UEs in uplink, downlink and sidelink (constant), IP and Ethernet header compression, uplink data decompression and encryption of user data streams, AMF selection, routing of user plane data to UPF, scheduling and transmission of paging messages, scheduling and transmission of broadcast information (originating from AMF or O&M), when AMF selection is not possible with the information provided;
  • AMF (1a-07) hosts functions such as NAS signaling, NAS signaling security, AS security control, S-GW selection, authentication, mobility management and location management.
  • UPF 1a-08 hosts functions such as packet routing and forwarding, uplink and downlink transport level packet marking, QoS management, and mobility anchoring for mobility.
  • Figure 1b- is a diagram showing the radio protocol structure of a 5G system.
  • the user plane protocol stack is SDAP (1b-01 to 1b-02), PDCP (1b-03 to 1b-04), RLC (1b-05 to 1b-06), MAC (1b-07 to 1b-08), PHY (1b-09 to 1b-10).
  • the control plane protocol stack consists of NAS (1b-11 to 1b-12), RRC (1b-13 to 1b-14), PDCP, RLC, MAC, and PHY.
  • Each protocol sublayer performs functions related to the operations listed in the table below.
  • Sublayer Functions NAS Authentication, mobility management, security control, etc.
  • RRC System information paging, RRC connection management, security functions, signaling radio bearer and data radio bearer management, mobility management, QoS management, recovery from radio link failure detection and recovery, NAS message transmission, etc.
  • RLC Higher layer PDU transmission error correction through ARQ, RLC SDU division and re-division, SDU reassembly, RLC re-establishment, etc.
  • MAC Mapping between logical channels and transport channels multiplexing/demultiplexing MAC SDUs belonging to one or another logical channel in a transport block (TB) carried in the physical layer, information reporting schedule, priority processing between UEs, priority between single UE logical channels ranking processing, etc.
  • PHY Channel coding physical layer hybrid-ARQ processing, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, layer mapping, downlink control information, uplink control information, etc.
  • RedCap UEs have lower performance than general terminals and are used in limited scenarios such as IOT. While a typical terminal has a bandwidth of 100 MHz, a transmission/reception speed of several Gbps, and more than 4 Rx processing units (Rx branches), a RedCap terminal has a bandwidth of 20 MHz, a transmission/reception speed of several tens of Mbps, and less than 2 Rx processing units. have
  • the present invention provides a method and apparatus for a RedCap UE to access a cell supporting RedCap, receive system information, and perform necessary operations.
  • the terminal applies search space 0 (hereinafter referred to as SS#0) and control resource set 0 (Control Resource Set 0, hereinafter referred to as CORESET#0) in the initial bandwidth part (hereinafter referred to as IBWP) to obtain system information, etc.
  • search space 0 hereinafter referred to as SS#0
  • CORESET#0 Control Resource Set 0, hereinafter referred to as CORESET#0
  • IBWP initial bandwidth part
  • 2A is a diagram illustrating an example of a bandwidth part.
  • BA Bandwidth adaptation
  • BA allows the UE's receive and transmit bandwidth to be adjusted so that it need not be as large as the cell's bandwidth. It can also be commanded to change width (e.g. collapse during periods of low activity to conserve power) or move position in the frequency domain (e.g. increase scheduling flexibility). Also, the sub-carrier interval may be changed (eg to allow other services).
  • a subset of the cell's total cell bandwidth is called BWP(s). BA is achieved by configuring several BWPs to the UE and telling the UE which of the configured BWPs is active. In FIG. 2A, a scenario in which three different BWPs are configured below is shown.
  • BWP1 with a width of 40 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz (2a-11 to 2a-19)
  • BWP2 (2a-13 to 2a-17) with a width of 10 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz
  • 2B is a diagram illustrating an example of a search period and a control resource set.
  • a plurality of SSs can be set in one BWP.
  • the UE monitors PDCCH candidates according to the SS configuration of the currently activated BWP.
  • One SS consists of an SS identifier, a CORESET identifier indicating a related CORESET, a period and offset of a slot to be monitored, a duration in units of slots, a symbol to be monitored within a slot, and an SS type.
  • the information may be explicitly and individually set, or may be set to a predetermined index related to predetermined values.
  • One CORESET consists of a CORESET identifier, frequency domain resource information, symbol-unit duration, and TCI state information.
  • CORESET provides frequency domain information to be monitored by the terminal
  • SS provides time domain information to be monitored by the terminal.
  • CORESET#0 and SS#0 can be set in IBWP.
  • IBWP one CORESET and a plurality of SSs can be additionally set.
  • the terminal receives the MIB (2b-01), it recognizes CORESET#0 (2b-02) and SS#0 (2b-03) for receiving SIB1 using predetermined information included in the MIB.
  • the terminal receives SIB1 (2b-05) through the CORESET#0 (2b-02) and SS#0 (2b-03).
  • SIB1 information for setting CORESET#0 (2b-06) and SS#0 (2b-07) and information for setting another CORESET, for example, CORESET#n (2b-11) and SS#m (2b-13) may be included.
  • the terminal receives necessary information from the base station before entering the RRC connected state, such as SIB2 reception, paging reception, and random access response message reception, using the CORESETs and SSs configured in SIB1.
  • CORESET#0 (2b-02) set in MIB and CORESET#0 (2b-06) set in SIB1 may be different from each other, and the former is referred to as first CORESET#0 and the latter as first CORESET#0.
  • SS#0 (2b-03) set in MIB and SS#0 (2b-07) set in SIB1 may be different from each other, and the former is referred to as first SS#0 and the latter as second SS#0.
  • SS#0 and CORESET#0 configured for the RedCap terminal are referred to as 3rd SS#0 and 3rd CORESET#0.
  • the first SS#0, the second SS#0, and the third SS#0 may be identical to or different from each other.
  • the first CORESET#0, the second CORESET#0, and the third CORESET#0 may be identical to or different from each other.
  • SS#0 and CORESET#0 are instructed to set with a 4-bit index, respectively.
  • the 4-bit index indicates a setting predetermined in the standard. Except for SS#0 and CORESET#0, the detailed configuration of SS and CORSESET is indicated by individual information elements.
  • additional BWPs may be configured for the UE.
  • 3A is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • RedCap UE receives system information, determines cell banning, performs cell reselection, monitors paging messages, Selects and applies cell common configuration information and transmits and receives RRC control messages.
  • the RedCap UE camps on a predetermined cell managed by the base station by performing cell selection or cell reselection.
  • the RedCap UE selects a cell with a good reception signal among cells having the highest frequency in consideration of cell reselection priorities.
  • step 3a-13 the RedCap UE receives the MIB from the selected cell.
  • the MIB includes controlResourceSetZero, a 4-bit index indicating setting of the first CORESET#0, and controlResourceSetZero, a 4-bit index indicating setting of the first SS#0.
  • the terminal receives SIB1 by applying the frequency domain and time pattern indicated by the first CORESET#0 and the first SS#0.
  • the MIB includes cellBarred, which is 1-bit information indicating whether or not the cell is barred.
  • cellBarred displays either barred or notBarred.
  • the terminal uses cellBarred to determine whether to bar the cell.
  • the MIB includes first intraFreqReselection, which is 1-bit information for controlling intra-frequency cell reselection.
  • the first intraFreqReselection is defined as Enumerated โ‡ allowed, notAllowed โ‡ . Also called IFRI_MIB.
  • the RedCap UE receives SIB1.
  • the RedCap UE stores the acquired SIB1.
  • SIB1 includes ServingCellConfigCommon, which is common configuration information of a serving cell, and second intraFreqReselection.
  • the second intraFreqReselection is defined as Enumerated โ‡ allowed, notAllowed โ‡ . Also called IFRI_SIB.
  • step 3a-16 the RedCap UE selects one of a plurality of common configuration information included in ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • *SIB1's servingCellConfigCommon includes the following information.
  • DownlinkConfigCommon This is a common downlink configuration of the serving cell. It consists of subfields such as frequencyInfoDL, initialDownlinkBWP, bcch-Config, and pcch-Config. frequencyInfoDL This is a basic parameter of a downlink carrier. It consists of sub-fields such as frequency band list and carrier bandwidth for each SCS. initialDownlinkBWP This is the setting of the second downlink IBWP. It consists of sub-fields such as BWP, PDCCH-ConfigCommon, and PDSCH-ConfigCommon.
  • the first IBWP has a frequency domain corresponding to the first CORESET#0 of the MIB and has a subcarrier spacing indicated in the MIB.
  • the first IBWP is an IBWP indicated by MIB and receiving SIB1
  • the second IBWP is an IBWP indicated by SIB1 and receiving SIB2, paging, random access response messages, and the like.
  • BWP It is an IE that sets the general parameters of BWP. It consists of sub-fields such as locationAndBandwidth, which indicates the bandwidth and location of BWP, and subcarrierSpacing, which indicates SCS of BWP.
  • PDCCH-ConfigCommon This is the BWP's cell specific PDCCH parameter.
  • controlResourceSetZero It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Displays one of the predefined CORESET#0 settings.
  • ControlResourceSetZero included in MIB corresponds to first CORESET#0
  • controlResourceSetZero included in PDCCH-ConfigCommon of servingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 corresponds to second CORESET#0.
  • searchSpaceZero It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Indicates one of the predefined SS#0 settings.
  • searchSpaceZero included in MIB corresponds to 1st SS#0
  • controlResourceSetZero included in PDCCH-ConfigCommon of servingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 corresponds to 2nd SS#0
  • commonControlResourceSet It is a common CORESET defined by ControlResourceSet IE. Defines additional CORESETs that can be used for paging reception, random access response reception, system information reception, etc.
  • commonSearchSpaceList This is a list of joint SSs. The common SS may be used for paging reception, random access response reception, system information reception, and the like. searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation
  • the SS identifier is defined as IE.
  • pagingSearchSpace The SS identifier is defined as IE. If it is 0, it indicates the second SS#0, and if it is a value other than 0, it indicates one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList. ra-SearchSpace The SS identifier is defined as IE. If it is 0, the second SS#0 is displayed, and if it is a value other than 0, one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList is displayed.
  • PDSCH-ConfigCommon This BWP's cell-specific PDSCH parameters consist of pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList.
  • the pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList is a list composed of a plurality of pdsch-TimeDomainAllocations.
  • pdsch-TimeDomainAllocation Establish a time domain relationship between PDCCH and PDSCH. It consists of sub-fields such as K0 and startSymbolAndLength. K0 is the slot offset between DCI and scheduled PDSCH.
  • startSymbolAndLength is an index indicating a valid start symbol and length combination.
  • pcch-Config This is a setting related to paging. It consists of sub-fields such as base station paging cycle, PF-related parameters, and PO-related parameters.
  • bcch-config This is a setting related to system information.
  • UplinkConfigCommonSIB This is a common uplink configuration of the serving cell. It consists of subfields such as frequencyInfoUL, initialUplinkBWP, and timeAlignmentTimerCommon. frequencyInfoUL This is a basic parameter of an uplink carrier. It consists of sub-fields such as frequency band list and carrier bandwidth for each SCS. initialUplinkBWP This is the configuration of the second uplink IBWP. Consists of subfields such as BWP, rach-ConfigCommon, pusch-ConfigCommon, and pucch-ConfigCommon.
  • rach-ConfigCommon This is the BWP's cell specific random access parameter. It consists of subfields such as prach-ConfigurationIndex, msg1-FrequencyStart, preambleReceivedTargetPower, ra-ResponseWindow, preambleTransMax, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, rsrp-ThresholdSSB, and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer. prach-ConfigurationIndex PRACH configuration index.
  • One PRACH configuration corresponds to pattern information on PRACH transmission opportunities in the time domain (information indicating that PRACH transmission is possible in which symbol in which slot of which radio frame) and the transmission format of the preamble.
  • msg1-FrequencyStart It is an offset from PRB0 of the lowest PRACH transmission opportunity. This is information indicating PRACH transmission resources in the frequency domain.
  • PRB0 is the lowest frequency PRB among PRBs of the corresponding carrier.
  • preambleReceivedTargetPower This is the target power level of the receiving end of the network. This is a parameter related to transmission power control during the random access procedure.
  • ra-ResponseWindow This is the length of the random access response window expressed as the number of slots.
  • preambleTransMax The maximum number of random access preamble transmissions msg1-SubcarrierSpacing This is PRACH's SCS. Commonly applied to general terminals and RedCap terminals.
  • rsrp-ThresholdSSB This is the SSB selection criterion.
  • the UE performs random access by selecting a preamble corresponding to the selected SSB.
  • ra-ContentionResolutionTimer This is the initial value of the contention resolution timer. Displays the number of subframes.
  • push-ConfigCommon This BWP's cell-specific PUSCH parameters consist of sub-fields such as push-TimeDomainAllocationList.
  • the push-TimeDomainAllocationList is a list composed of a plurality of push-TimeDomainAllocations.
  • push-TimeDomainAllocation Establish a time domain relationship between PDCCH and PUSCH. It consists of sub-fields such as K2 and startSymbolAndLength.
  • K2 is the slot offset between DCI and scheduled PUSCH.
  • startSymbolAndLength is an index representing a valid combination of start symbol and length.
  • pucch-ConfigCommon This is the BWP's cell specific PUCCH parameter. It consists of sub-fields such as pucch-ResourceCommon and p0-norminal.
  • pucch-ResourceCommon This is an index corresponding to a parameter of a cell-specific PUCCH resource. One index corresponds to a PUCCH format, a PUCCH time period, a PUCCH frequency period, a PUCCH code, and the like.
  • p0-normal This is a power offset applied during PUCCH transmission. It is defined as an integer between -202 and 24 in increments of 2.
  • timeAlignmentTimerCommon This timer is applied when the terminal performs random access for the RRC connection establishment procedure and the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
  • the UE receives the RAR, it starts driving the timer, and stops driving the timer when contention fails.
  • tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon Cell specific TDD UL/DL configuration. It consists of subfields such as referenceSubcarrierSpacing, pattern1, and pattern2.
  • referenceSubcarrierSpacing This is the reference SCS used to determine the time domain boundary in the UL-DL pattern. pattern1, pattern2 TDD uplink downlink pattern.
  • dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity Indicates the period of the DL-UL pattern.
  • nrofDownlinkSlots Indicates the number of consecutive full DL slots in each DL-UL pattern
  • nrofDownlinkSymbols Indicates the number of consecutive DL symbols from the start of the slot following the last full DL slot.
  • nrofUplinkSlots Indicates the number of consecutive full UL slots in each DL-UL pattern
  • nrofUplinkSymbols Indicates the number of consecutive UL symbols at the end of the slot preceding the first full UL slot.
  • ServingCellConfigCommon may also include the following information for RedCap terminals.
  • controlResourceSetZero_RedCap It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Displays one of the predefined CORESET#0 settings.
  • searchSpaceZero_RedCap It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Indicates one of the predefined SS#0 settings.
  • searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation _RedCap The SS identifier is defined as IE. If 0, the third SS#0 is displayed. If not 0, one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList is displayed. ra-SearchSpace_RedCap The SS identifier is defined as IE. If 0, the third SS#0 is displayed.
  • prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap PRACH setting index for RedCap msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap PRACH transmission resource information on frequency domain for RedCap preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap The target power level of the network receiver for RedCap.
  • ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap Initial value of contention resolution timer for RedCap.
  • intraFreqReselection_RedCap Control cell selection/reselection within frequency of RedCap terminal when the highest priority cell is banned. It is 1-bit information and is defined as Enumerated โ‡ Allowed, notAllowed โ‡ . Also called IFRI_SIB1.
  • IFRI_MIB is defined to be mandatory, and IFRI_SIB1 is defined to be optional. This is to ensure backward compatibility of SIB1.
  • configuration information related to RedCap UEs in units of IE sets may be defined as follows.
  • ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 includes downlink IBWP configuration information and uplink IBWP configuration information.
  • the downlink IBWP setting information includes physical downlink control channel common setting information and physical downlink control channel common setting information 2.
  • the physical downlink control channel common setting information is used by the general terminal and the RedCap terminal, and the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 is used by the RedCap terminal.
  • the RedCap terminal uses the physical downlink control channel common setting information when only the physical downlink control channel common setting information is included in the downlink IBWP setting information, and the physical downlink control channel common setting information and the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 If all are included, physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 is used.
  • the physical downlink control channel common setting information includes controlResourceSetZero, commonControlResourceSet, searchSpaceZero, commonSearchSpaceList, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, and ra-SearchSpace.
  • the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 includes controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, commonControlResourceSet_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, commonSearchSpaceList_RedCap, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap.
  • controlResourceSetZero_RedCap and searchSpaceZero_RedCap are not included in the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2
  • the RedCap terminal uses controlResourceSetZero and searchSpaceZero of the physical downlink control channel common setting information. That is, it is considered that the same value as the second SS#0 is set as the third SS#0 and the same value as the second CORESET#0 is set as the third CORESET#0.
  • the RedCap terminal uses the values indicated in the MIB. That is, it is considered that the same value as the first SS#0 is set as the third SS#0 and the same value as the first CORESET#0 is set as the third CORESET#0.
  • the RedCap terminal uses ra-SearchSpace of the physical downlink control channel common setting information if ra-SearchSpace_RedCap is not included in the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2. That is, it is considered that the same value as ra-SearchSpace is set as ra-SearchSpace_RedCap.
  • the RedCap terminal performs a random access procedure by applying the third SS#0 and the third CORESET#0.
  • the uplink IBWP setting information includes physical uplink control channel common setting information and physical uplink control channel common setting information 2.
  • the physical uplink control channel common setting information is used by the general terminal and the RedCap terminal, and the physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is used by the RedCap terminal.
  • the RedCap terminal uses the physical uplink control channel common setting information when only the physical uplink control channel common setting information is included in the uplink IBWP setting information, and the physical uplink control channel common setting information and the physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 If all are included, physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is used.
  • the physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is used by the RedCap terminal.
  • the physical uplink control channel common setting information includes push-TimeDomainAllocationList.
  • Physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 includes push-TimeDomainAllocationList_RedCap.
  • the uplink IBWP configuration information includes random access channel common configuration information and random access channel common configuration information 2.
  • the random access channel common setting information is used by the general terminal and the RedCap terminal, and the random access channel common setting information and 2 are used by the RedCap terminal.
  • the RedCap terminal uses the random access channel common setting information if only the random access channel common setting information is included in the uplink IBWP setting information, and if both the random access channel common setting information and the random access channel common setting information 2 are included, the random access channel common setting information Use configuration information 2.
  • Random access channel common configuration information includes prach-ConfigurationIndex, msg1-FrequencyStart, preambleReceivedTargetPower, ra-ResponseWindow, preambleTransMax, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, rsrp-ThresholdSSB, and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer.
  • Random access channel common configuration information 2 includes prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap, preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap, ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap, preambleTransMax_RedCap, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap, and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap.
  • msg1-SubcarrierSpacing included in the random access channel common configuration information is applied to both general terminals and RedCap terminals. In other words, in applying msg1 frequency related information, the RedCap terminal applies msg1-FrequencyStart included in random access channel common information 2 and msg1-SubcarrierSpacing included in random access channel common information.
  • the RedCap UE uses prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap, preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap, ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap, preambleTransMax_RedCap, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing_RedCap, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap if random access channel common setting information 2 does not include prach of random access channel common setting information.
  • the ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 includes first downlink IBWP configuration information, first uplink IBWP configuration information, second downlink IBWP configuration information, second uplink IBWP configuration information, and tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon do.
  • the first downlink IBWP configuration information and the first uplink IBWP configuration information are information for a terminal with general performance
  • the second downlink IBWP configuration information and the second uplink IBWP configuration information are information for a RedCap UE.
  • tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is information commonly applied to a terminal of general performance and a terminal of RedCap.
  • the first uplink IBWP configuration information includes pucch-ConfigCommon and timeAlignmentTimerCommon.
  • the second uplink IBWP configuration information may include pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap.
  • pucch-ConfigCommon may include a first pucch-ResourceCommon and a first p0-norminal.
  • pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap may include a second pucch-ResourceCommon and a second p0-norminal.
  • pucch-ConfigCommon is information for general performance terminals.
  • pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap is information for RedCap UE.
  • timeAlignmentTimerCommon is information commonly applied to general performance UEs and RedCap UEs.
  • the RedCap terminal transmits the preamble and initiates timeAlignmentTimerCommon upon receiving the RAR.
  • the UE Upon receiving Msg 4, the UE transmits HARQ ACK by applying a predetermined pucch-ResourceCommon and a predetermined p0-norminal.
  • the time/frequency/code resource to transmit the HARQ ACK is determined by applying the 2nd pucch-ResourceCommon. If only the first pucch-ResourceCommon exists, time/frequency/code resources for transmitting HARQ ACK are determined by applying the first pucch-ResourceCommon.
  • the power offset to be applied to the HARQ ACK is determined by applying the second p0-normal. If only the first p0-norminal exists, the power offset to be applied to the HARQ ACK is determined by applying the first p0-norminal. If neither the second p0-norminal nor the 01 p0-norminal exists, a predetermined value is applied to determine a power offset to be applied to the HARQ ACK.
  • the predetermined value may be, for example, 2 dBm.
  • the RedCap UE determines whether the current cell is a forbidden cell or an allowed cell, considering MIB and SIB1.
  • the RedCap UE determines that the current cell is not barred if all of the following conditions are satisfied.
  • the following conditions are defined to camp on a cell only when the RedCap UE can operate properly in the corresponding cell.
  • IFRI_SIB1 exists (or is included) in the received SIB1.
  • the absence of IFRI_SIB1 means that the corresponding cell is a cell that does not consider the operation of the RedCap terminal, and the existence of IFRI_SIB1 means that the corresponding cell is a cell that considers the operation of the RedCap terminal.
  • the current cell is TDD, supports one or more than one of the downlink frequency bands indicated in the downlink frequencyBandList of SIB1 received by the UE, or if the current cell is FDD, the uplink indicated in the uplink frequencyBandList of SIB1 received by the UE It supports one or more than one of the frequency bands, and the bands are not downlink-only bands.
  • the transmission width of the uplink channel of the maximum transmission width of the terminal satisfies the following conditions.
  • the downlink channel transmission width of the maximum transmission width of the terminal satisfies the following conditions.
  • the trackingAreaCode of SIB1 is provided for a PLMN belonging to the selected PLMN or registered PLMN or equivalent PLMN list. For example, if trackingAreaCode x is included in SIB1 and the trackingAreaCode related to the registered PLMN of the terminal is also x, condition 5 is satisfied.
  • the PLMN-related trackingAreaCode is provided to the UE by the AMF during the registration process with the UE.
  • the RedCap UE which determines that the current cell is not banned, performs the following operation.
  • the UE determines the downlink slot, uplink slot, downlink symbol, and uplink symbol by applying the TDD-UL-DL configuration, and selects one of the plurality of PDSCH common settings.
  • the PDSCH is received by applying the PDSCH configuration, and the PUSCH is transmitted by applying the selected PUSCH configuration among a plurality of common PUSCH configurations.
  • the predefined PCCH configuration is non-use of SDAP, non-use of PDCP, and use of RLC TM.
  • a paging message is received by applying the PCCH configuration.
  • SIB 3 If a valid SIB is stored, the stored SIB is used. If a valid SIB is not stored, a related System Information message (SI message) is obtained.
  • SI message System Information message
  • the UE also receives subsequent system information, eg SIB2, SIB3, SIB4, etc., in the uninhibited cell.
  • SIB2 contains parameters for intra-frequency cell reselection.
  • SIB3 contains other parameters for intra-frequency cell reselection.
  • SIB4 includes parameters for inter-frequency cell reselection.
  • a terminal method includes receiving a first message including a first field and a second field from an access mobility function, receiving a second message including a third field from a base station, and default paging from the base station.
  • Receiving system information including a parameter indicating a cycle, determining a reference discontinuous reception cycle, determining a paging frame based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle, and monitoring a paging opportunity in the paging frame.
  • the RedCap UE considers the current serving cell as a forbidden cell in the cases listed in the table below and performs an appropriate action depending on the situation.
  • the current cell is regarded as a forbidden cell.
  • the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection for 300 seconds.
  • IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1 are allowed. That is, neighboring cells of a corresponding frequency may be included in cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
  • SIB1 receive failure
  • the current cell is considered a forbidden cell. For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
  • IFRI_MIB If the received IFRI_MIB is allowed, it is considered that IFRI_SIB1 is allowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency may be included in cell selection/cell reselection candidates. If the received IFRI_MIB is NotAllowed, IFRI_SIB1 is also regarded as NotAllowed and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates. 3 Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to Barred. The current cell is considered a forbidden cell. For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
  • IFRI_MIB If the received IFRI_MIB is allowed, it is considered that IFRI_SIB1 is allowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency may be included in cell selection/cell reselection candidates. If the received IFRI_MIB is NotAllowed, IFRI_SIB1 is also regarded as NotAllowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
  • a normal terminal does not receive SIB1.
  • the RedCap terminal may receive SIB1 instead of referring to IFRI_MIB, and may exclude or include neighboring cells of a corresponding frequency from cell selection/cell reselection candidates according to the value of the received IFRI_SIB1. 4 Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to notBarred.
  • Received SIB1 without IFRI_SIB1 The current cell is considered a forbidden cell. For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection. Regardless of the received IFRI_MIB value, IFRI_SIB1 may be regarded as NotAllowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency may be excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates. 5 Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to notBarred. Received SIB1 with IFRI_SIB1 The bandwidth supported by the terminal is smaller than the bandwidth of the IBWP. The current cell is considered a forbidden cell. For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
  • neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are included or excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates. 6
  • Received SIB1 with IFRI_SIB1 The bandwidth supported by the terminal is greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the IBWP.
  • the current cell is considered a forbidden cell. For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
  • both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1 are considered to be NotAllowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
  • RedCap UE operates as described above is to prevent camping on a cell that does not support the RedCap function and to appropriately control cell reselection for cells having the same frequency.
  • operation can be performed assuming that both IFRIs are predetermined values.
  • IFRI_MIB can be referred to.
  • RedCap terminals may be given two IFRI parameters, IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1. The RedCap terminal considers two parameters and determines whether to allow frequency endoselection as shown in the table below.
  • IFRI_MIB IFRI_SIB1 RedCap terminal operation note reception failed reception failed Consider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed Allowed reception failed Consider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed IFRI_SIB1 is considered the same value as IFRI_MIB Allowed Not Present Consider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed It is judged that RedCap is not supported in that frequency Allowed Allowed Consider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed Apply the received IFRI_SIB1 as it is Allowed NotAllowed Consider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed.
  • the RedCap terminal When the RedCap terminal receives both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1, it applies the received IFRI_SIB1.
  • RedCap terminal does not receive both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1, it considers that IFRI_SIB1 is Allowed.
  • the RedCap terminal receives IFRI_MIB but does not receive IFRI_SIB1, it determines IFRI_SIB1 by discriminating whether the reception of SIB1 has failed or IFRI_SIB1 is not included in SIB1. If reception of SIB1 fails, the UE considers IFRI_SIB1 to be the same as IFRI_MIB. If SIB1 is received but IFRI_SIB1 is not included, the UE considers that IFRI_SIB1 is a predetermined value (eg notAllowed).
  • IFRI_SIB1 is not provided in the current cell, there is a high possibility that IFRI_SIB1 is not provided in other cells.
  • the base station receives SIB1 from the terminal but does not include IFRI_SIB1, if IFRI_SIB1 is previously set to be regarded as Allowed, IFRI_SIB1 is regarded as Allowed.
  • the RedCap terminal may select or reselect other cells of the same frequency as the prohibited cell if the cell reselection condition is satisfied.
  • the RedCap terminal does not select or reselect other cells of the same frequency as the forbidden cell for 300 seconds and excludes them from candidates for cell selection/reselection.
  • the RedCap terminal sets the Cell Reselection Priority of the frequency of the forbidden cell to the lowest priority for 300 seconds.
  • the RedCap terminal performs cell reselection for frequencies other than the forbidden cell frequencies.
  • the RedCap terminal performs cell reselection by applying the cell reselection priority indicated in the system information received from the NR cell other than the first NR cell.
  • a UE camped on an uninhibited cell prepares to perform random access in order to perform a necessary procedure.
  • the terminal refers to the received ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • step 3a-21 the RedCap UE transmits a preamble to the base station.
  • prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap applies prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap to determine radio frames, subframes, slots, symbols and preamble formats that can transmit the preamble.
  • prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap determines radio frames, subframes, slots, symbols and preamble formats that can transmit preambles.
  • the RedCap UE applies msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap to determine a frequency domain in which preamble transmission is possible. If only msg1-FrequencyStart is included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon), the RedCap UE applies msg1-FrequencyStart to determine a frequency domain in which preamble transmission is possible.
  • the RedCap UE selects an SSB by applying rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap when rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon) includes both rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap and rsrp-ThresholdSSB.
  • RedCap UE selects an SSB by applying rsrp-ThresholdSSB if only rsrp-ThresholdSSB is included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon).
  • the terminal selects the SSB having the highest received signal strength among SSBs having received signal strength higher than the reference value.
  • the UE selects a preamble/PRACH transmission opportunity corresponding to the selected SSB and transmits the preamble.
  • the terminal After transmitting the preamble, the terminal monitors whether a random access response message is received during the random access response window, and retransmits the preamble if not received. As the maximum number of preamble retransmissions, the terminal applies preambleTransMax_RedCap if both preambleTransMax_RedCap and preambleTransMax are included in ServingCellConfigCommon, and preambleTransMax if only preambleTransMax is included. When transmitting a preamble, the UE applies msg1-SubcarrierSpacing included in rach-ConfigCommon.
  • two prach-ConfigurationIndex for Msg1 transmission, two prach-ConfigurationIndex, two msg1-FrequencyStart, two rsrp-ThresholdSSB, two preambleTransMax, and one msg1-SubcarrierSpacing can be included.
  • One of the two prach-ConfigurationIndex, one of the two msg1-FrequencyStart, one of the two rsrp-ThresholdSSB, and one of the two preambleTransMax apply only to RedCap UEs, and msg1-SubcarrierSpacing applies to both RedCap UEs and non-RedCap UEs.
  • Msg 1 is the preamble.
  • a random access response message is received from the base station.
  • the random access response message includes information such as an uplink grant for Msg 3 transmission, a time domain allocation indicator, and a temporary identifier of the terminal.
  • the random access response message is addressed to the RA-RNTI.
  • the terminal monitors a predetermined SS in a predetermined CORESET in a random access window time interval and receives a random access response message.
  • controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap are all included in servingCellConfigCommon, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap indicates 0, RedCap UE applies 3rd CORESET#0 and 3rd SS#0 to -Monitors RNTI and receives random access response message.
  • RedCap UE applies the second CORESET#0 and the second SS#0 to monitor the RA-RNTI and sends a random access response message receive
  • controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap are all included in servingCellConfigCommon, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap indicates a value other than 0, the RedCap UE uses the SS with the indicated value as an identifier and this SS It monitors RA-RNTI by applying CORESET related to and receives random access response message.
  • servingCellConfigCommon includes only controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, and ra-SearchSpace, and ra-SearchSpace indicates a value other than 0
  • RedCap UE obtains RA-RNTI by applying an SS having the indicated value as an identifier and a CORESET related to this SS. Monitors and receives random access response messages.
  • the RedCap UE determines the length of the random access response window by applying ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap.
  • RedCap UE determines the length of the random access response window by applying ra-ResponseWindow.
  • the RedCap UE Upon receiving the random access response, the RedCap UE drives tImeAlignmentTimer and generates a MAC PDU to transmit Msg 3 to the base station.
  • the MAC PDU includes an uplink RRC control message such as RRCRequest.
  • the RedCap UE transmits Msg 3 to the base station and starts a contention resolution timer. If both ra-ContentionResolutionTimer and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap are included in servingCellConfigCommon, the RedCap UE sets the contention resolution timer to ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap. If servingCellConfigCommon contains only ra-ContentionResolutionTimer, RedCap UE sets contention resolution timer to ContentionResolutionTimer.
  • the transmission time of Msg 3 is determined by the time domain allocation indicator of the random access response message.
  • the RedCap UE is instructed by the time domain allocation indicator in a predetermined list among the first physical uplink shared channel time domain allocation list (push-TimeDomainAllocationList) and the second physical uplink shared channel time domain allocation list (push-TimeDomainAllocationList) and the default list.
  • the start time and transmission period of the PUSCH to which Msg 3 will be transmitted is determined according to the physical uplink shared channel time domain assignment entry.
  • the RedCap UE receives Msg 4 from the base station.
  • Msg 4 includes a downlink RRC control message such as RRCSetup.
  • the RedCap UE selects one of the first PUCCH common resource information (pucch-ResourceCommon) and the second PUCCH common resource information (pucch-ResourceCommon) to determine a transmission resource for transmitting the HARQ ACK for Msg 4.
  • the RedCap UE determines the nominal power offset (p0-norminal) included in the first PUCCH common configuration information (pucch-ConfigCommon) and the nominal power offset (p0-norminal) included in the second PUCCH common configuration information (pucch-ConfigCommon).
  • a nominal power offset to be applied to HARQ ACK transmission for Msg 4 is determined by selecting one of nominal power offsets fixed with a value of .
  • the RedCap UE and the base station After transmitting and receiving the RRCRequest message and the RRCSetup message, the RedCap UE and the base station establish an RRC connection.
  • the base station and the AMF can transmit and receive various types of NAS messages and control messages to the terminal for which the RRC connection is established.
  • the RedCap UE and the base station exchange configuration information through an RRC connection, establish a bearer, and then transmit/receive data.
  • servingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 is located after physical downlink control channel common setting information.
  • physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is located behind the physical uplink control channel common setting information.
  • random access channel common setting information 2 is located after random access channel common setting information.
  • the second downlink IBWP configuration information is located after the first downlink IBWP configuration information.
  • the second uplink IBWP configuration information is located behind the first uplink IBWP configuration information.
  • controlResourceSetZero_RedCap is located behind controlResourceSetZero.
  • searchSpaceZero_RedCap is located after searchSpaceZero.
  • ra-SearchSpace_RedCap is located after ra-SearchSpace. The order of various pieces of information is defined as above to maintain backward compatibility with terminals or base stations of previous releases.
  • 3B is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to a discontinuous reception operation.
  • the terminal transmits a registration request message to the AMF.
  • the registration request message includes information related to registration, for example, information such as a permanent identifier of the terminal.
  • the registration request message may also include information related to discontinuous reception.
  • the terminal may include a desired discontinuous period in the control message.
  • the terminal may include two discontinuous reception periods in the control message.
  • the first discontinuous reception period has a relatively short value
  • the second period has a relatively long value.
  • the second cycle is also called the extended discontinuous cycle. Since the terminal's inclusion of the extended discontinuous period in the control message means that the terminal supports the extended discontinuous period, the information requesting the extended discontinuous period can be understood as information related to supporting the discontinuous extended period. .
  • the AMF Upon receiving the control message, the AMF determines whether to accept the registration request of the terminal using the permanent identifier of the terminal. If the registration request is accepted, the AMF transmits a registration acceptance message to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives a registration acceptance message from the AMF.
  • the message includes security key related information, temporary identifier information, and the like.
  • the temporary identifier is an identifier assigned by the core network and has a length of 48 bits. The temporary identifier is valid until a new temporary identifier is allocated and is referred to as a first terminal identifier.
  • the second field represents the extended discontinuous reception cycle length duration (eDRX cycle length duration) and is 5.12 seconds, 10.24 seconds, 20.48 seconds, 40.96 seconds, 61.44 seconds, 81.92 seconds, 102.4 seconds, 122.88 seconds, 143.36 seconds, 163.84 seconds, 327.68 seconds. Indicates one of seconds, 655.36 seconds, 1310.72 seconds, 2621.44 seconds, 5242.88 seconds, and 10485.76 seconds.
  • the first field is for a normal discontinuous reception period, and a first discontinuous reception value is set by the first field.
  • the second field is for an extended discontinuous reception period, and a second discontinuous reception value is set by the second field.
  • the discontinuous period indicated in the first field and the extended discontinuous period indicated in the second field are used to determine the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.
  • the discontinuous reception period parameters 32, 64, 128, and 256 mean discontinuous reception period values of 320 ms, 640 ms, 1280 ms, and 2560 ms.
  • the set of values related to the first field and the set of values related to the second field do not have a common element and are mutually exclusive. This is because there is no need to set the same discontinuous period through the first field and the second field.
  • the terminal transmits a terminal capability information message to the base station.
  • the base station may transmit a terminal capability request control message to the terminal, and the terminal transmits a terminal capability information message in response thereto.
  • the control message may include information indicating extended discontinuous reception support.
  • the extended discontinuous reception support information may be reported for each radio access technology.
  • the terminal may separately include information indicating extended discontinuous reception support in EUTRA/LTE and information indicating extended discontinuous reception support in NR.
  • the support for extended discontinuous reception is information indicating whether extended discontinuous reception is supported in an inactive state.
  • the base station configures the terminal based on the performance of the terminal.
  • the base station and the terminal transmit and receive data.
  • the base station determines to release the RRC connection with the terminal.
  • the base station transmits an RRCRelease message to the terminal.
  • the RRCRelease message contains the SuspendConfig IE and the SuspendConfig contains the following information.
  • Second terminal identifier Identifier of the terminal that can be included in the ResumeRequest when the status transitions to RRC_CONNECTED. It is 40 bits long.
  • Second terminal identifier Identifier of the terminal that can be included in ResuemeRequest when the status transitions to RRC_CONNECTED. It has a length of 24 bits.
  • ran-PagingCycle Paging cycle to apply in RRC_INACTIVE state.
  • the third discontinuous reception value is set by the field.
  • ran-NotificationAreaInfo Configuration information of ran-NotificationArea consisting of a list of cells, etc.
  • the terminal initiates a resume procedure when ran_NotificationArea is changed.
  • ran-extendedPagingCycle Extended paging cycle to apply in RRC_INACTIVE state.
  • a fourth discontinuous reception value is set by the above field.
  • the terminal stores various types of information of the SuspendConfig including the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value.
  • the third discontinuous reception value is one of 32, 64, 128 and 256
  • the fourth discontinuous reception value is one of 256, 512 and 1024.
  • the units of both are radio frames.
  • a terminal in an inactive state monitors paging in a specific radio frame called a paging frame.
  • the terminal determines a paging frame based on the third discontinuous reception value
  • extended discontinuous reception is set
  • a paging frame is determined based on the fourth discontinuous reception value.
  • the third discontinuous reception value is mandatory and the fourth discontinuous reception value is selectively present. Since the third discontinuous reception value was defined as mandatory in previous releases, it is also defined as mandatory in the present disclosure to ensure backward compatibility. If both the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value exist in SuspendConfig, the terminal ignores the third discontinuous reception value and uses the fourth discontinuous reception value.
  • the UE moves to a new cell.
  • the terminal may reselect a neighboring cell having better radio signal quality by comparing the radio signal quality of the serving cell and the neighboring cell.
  • a cell having a radio signal quality equal to or higher than a predetermined standard may be selected.
  • step 3b-13 the UE receives system information including SIB1 in the new cell.
  • SIB1 may include the following information.
  • 3 Default paging cycle. It represents one of 32, 64, 128, and 256 and the unit is a radio frame. The length of one radio frame is 10 ms.
  • Hyperframe number (HFN).
  • a hyperframe is also called a hypersystem frame, and a hyperframe number is also called a hypersystem frame number.
  • step 3b-15 the terminal determines the paging frame.
  • a paging frame occurs every reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • a paging frame is an SFN that satisfies the following formula.
  • T is the reference discontinuous receive cycle
  • PF_offset and N are parameters set in SIB1.
  • UE_ID corresponds to the first terminal identifier.
  • the terminal monitors paging at the paging opportunity of the paging frame or at the paging opportunity starting from the paging frame.
  • the paging opportunity is composed of a plurality of consecutive PDCCH monitoring opportunities, and the PDCCH monitoring opportunity is a timeslot through which paging DCI can be transmitted.
  • One PDCCH monitoring opportunity corresponds to one downlink beam.
  • a terminal and a base station in an inactive state determine a reference discontinuous reception cycle as follows.
  • the shortest value among the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle is determined as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • a second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined as a reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • the fourth discontinuous reception value is set to the inactive terminal through the suspendConfig of the RRCRelease message and the SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes information instructing discontinuous reception to be allowed, extended discontinuous reception is applied to the inactive terminal in the cell do.
  • the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a second discontinuous reception value when the second discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and a first discontinuous reception value when the second discontinuous reception value is not a specific value.
  • the specific values are 5.12 seconds and 10.24 seconds, which are the lowest values among the second discontinuous reception values.
  • the second discontinuous reception value exceeds 10.24 seconds, that is, when it is not a specific value, the first discontinuous reception value is used as the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value because it is impossible to specify a paging frame by SFN.
  • the terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a value for the discontinuous reception period of a terminal in an idle state. The idle state terminal monitors paging to receive paging generated by the core network.
  • the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a third discontinuous reception value when only the third discontinuous reception value is included in SuspendConfig, and a fourth discontinuous reception value when both the third and fourth discontinuous reception values are included.
  • the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a value for the discontinuous reception period of the terminal in an inactive state.
  • the inactive terminal monitors the paging to receive the paging generated by the LAN.
  • the inactive terminal also monitors paging to receive paging generated by the core network. Accordingly, the inactive terminal determines the reference discontinuous reception cycle by considering the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value as well as the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.
  • the maximum value of the third discontinuous reception value and the minimum value of the fourth discontinuous reception value are equal to 256. Accordingly, if the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is 256, it may be determined by the third discontinuous reception value or the fourth discontinuous reception value.
  • the reason why a specific discontinuous reception value is defined for both general discontinuous reception and extended discontinuous reception is to apply different monitoring operations to the discontinuous reception value. That is, if 256 is set as general discontinuous reception, the terminal determines the paging frame considering the default paging cycle, and as a result, a value shorter than 256 can be used for the actual discontinuous reception period. However, if 256 is set for extended discontinuous reception, the actual discontinuous period of the terminal is 256 regardless of the length of the default paging cycle.
  • a terminal that receives both the first discontinuous reception value and the second discontinuous reception value in the registration acceptance message and the third and fourth discontinuous reception value in SuspendConfig of the RRCRelease message performs paging in any cell as follows determine the frame.
  • the paging frame is based on the first discontinuous reception value, the third discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle.
  • extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the second discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value are A paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle.
  • a paging frame is determined based on the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle.
  • the terminal receives core network paging only in the paging transmission window.
  • the paging transmission window is periodically generated with a cycle of the second discontinuous reception value.
  • the terminal determines the shortest value among the first discontinuous reception value, the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle, or the shortest value between the first discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle, and sets the paging frame judge Outside the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the fourth discontinuous reception value as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • a terminal that receives both the first discontinuous reception value and the second discontinuous reception value in the registration accept message and receives only the third discontinuous reception value in SuspendConfig of the RRCRelease message determines a paging frame in an arbitrary cell as follows.
  • the paging frame is based on the first discontinuous reception value, the third discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle.
  • extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the second discontinuous reception value and the third discontinuous reception value are A paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle.
  • the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the shortest value among the first discontinuous reception value, the third discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the shorter value of the third discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • a terminal After receiving the second discontinuous reception value in the registration accept message and receiving both the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value in SuspendConfig of the RRCRelease message, a terminal determines a paging frame in an arbitrary cell as follows.
  • extended discontinuous reception is not included in SIB1 of the cell, extended discontinuous reception is not applied in the cell, and a paging frame is determined based on the third discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle.
  • extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, based on the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle. Determine the paging frame.
  • a paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle and the default paging cycle.
  • the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the shortest value (or default paging cycle) of the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the fourth discontinuous reception value as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • a paging opportunity consists of a plurality of PDCCH monitoring opportunities.
  • Each PDCCH monitoring opportunity corresponds to a specific downlink beam, and the terminal can monitor a PDCCH monitoring opportunity corresponding to the best beam in one paging opportunity. Alternatively, several PDCCH monitoring opportunities may be monitored to increase the paging reception probability.
  • a paging opportunity starts with the paging frame. The PDCCH monitoring opportunity to be monitored by the terminal may belong to the paging frame or to a subsequent radio frame.
  • the terminal receives paging including the first terminal identifier or the second terminal identifier.
  • Paging including the first terminal identifier is paging generated in the core network
  • paging including the second terminal identifier is paging generated in the LAN.
  • the transmission of the paging generated by the core network to the inactive terminal means that the core network misrecognizes the status of the terminal as an idle state.
  • the terminal transitions from the inactive state to the idle state and selects a new cell. And monitor paging in the new cell.
  • the terminal Upon receiving the paging including the second terminal identifier, the terminal proceeds with a radio resource control connection resumption procedure and transitions to a connected state. The terminal monitors paging in the cell until transitioning to a connected state.
  • the terminal determines a paging frame. If receiving the paging including the first terminal identifier, the terminal selects a new cell and determines a paging frame in the new cell. The terminal discards the third and fourth discontinuous reception values and determines a paging frame based on the first and second discontinuous reception values and the default paging cycle. If the paging including the second terminal identifier is received, the terminal transmits one of the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value, the first discontinuous reception value, the second discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle as in step 3b-15. Based on this, the paging frame is determined.
  • step 3b-23 the terminal monitors paging opportunities in consideration of the determined paging frame.
  • 3C is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to updating system information.
  • the base station changes the system information from the start of the modification period or the extended discontinuous reception period (eDRX acquisition period) so that a plurality of terminals can acquire the changed system information at the same time. and the terminals newly acquire system information at the start of the period. That system information has been changed is notified to terminals through a specific bit of a short message transmitted along with paging.
  • eDRX acquisition period extended discontinuous reception period
  • 3b-03, 3b-05, 3b-07, 3b-09, 3b-11, 3b-13, 3b-15, and 3b-17 are described in FIG. 3B.
  • step 3c-03 the base station transmits a short message to the terminal.
  • the short message is composed of 8 bits, and the MSB is bit1 and the LSB is bit8.
  • Each bit of the short message means the following.
  • Bit Short Message One If set to systemInfoModification 1, BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7, and SIB8 is indicated (If set to 1: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7 and SIB8.). This indicator applies to UEs using the discontinuous reception cycle in the corresponding cell or the extended discontinuous reception cycle equal to or shorter than the BCCH modification period. using DRX cycle in the corresponding cell). 2 If set to 1: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/or an ETWS secondary notification and/or a CMAS notification. 3 stopPagingMonitoring This bit is only used for operation of the shared spectrum channel if MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO is present.
  • the terminal receives the short message.
  • the terminal applies the system information acquisition procedure from the start of the next change period.
  • the terminal applies the system information acquisition procedure from the start of the next extended discontinuous reception acquisition period.
  • SIB1 of the cell does not include the first information related to extended discontinuous reception
  • SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes first information related to extended discontinuous reception, and extended discontinuous reception is not set in the terminal (ie, neither of discontinuous reception value 2 or discontinuous reception value 4 is set in the terminal) )
  • SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes first information related to extended discontinuous reception, and extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal (ie, at least one of discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 is set in the terminal, Or at least one of the extended discontinuous reception cycle set by the core network and the extended discontinuous reception cycle set by the LAN is set), and the set discontinuous reception value is equal to or shorter than the change period.
  • the first condition set is satisfied when both 1 and 2-1 are satisfied, when both 1 and 2-2 are satisfied, or when both 1 and 2-3 are satisfied. Alternatively, if only condition 1 is satisfied without considering 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3, it may be considered that the first condition set is satisfied. In this case, the terminal using the extended discontinuous reception cycle leads to unnecessary acquisition of system information one more time.
  • SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes first information related to extended discontinuous reception, and extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal, and the set extended discontinuous reception value is longer than the change period.
  • the fact that the extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal may mean that the discontinuous reception value 2 is set in the terminal or that the extended discontinuous reception cycle is set by the core network. Or, that the extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal means that one of discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 is set in the terminal, or one of the extended discontinuous reception cycle by the core network and the extended discontinuous reception cycle by the LAN It can mean that it has been set.
  • That the set discontinuous reception value is equal to or shorter than the change period may mean that the discontinuous reception value 2 or the length of the extended discontinuous cycle set by the core network is equal to or shorter than the change period. If both discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 are set, that the set discontinuous reception value is equal to or shorter than the change period means that at least one of the discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 is equal to or shorter than the change period.
  • That the set discontinuous reception value is longer than the change period may mean that the length of the discontinuous reception value 2 or the extended discontinuous cycle set by the core network is longer than the change period. If both the discontinuous reception value 2 and the discontinuous reception value 4 are set, the fact that the set discontinuous reception value is longer than the change period means that both the discontinuous reception value 2 and the discontinuous reception value 4 are longer than the change period.
  • the first information related to extended discontinuous reception may be an indicator indicating that extended discontinuous reception is permitted. Alternatively, it may be an integer representing a hyperframe number.
  • the hyperframe number is an integer between 0 and 1023 and has a length of 10 bits.
  • One hyperframe consists of 1024 system frames between SFN0 and SFN1023.
  • SIB1 includes information indicating the system frame number and hyperplay number. Hyperframes exist continuously.
  • the change period has a length obtained by multiplying the default paging cycle by the change period parameter.
  • the change period continuously exists, and the radio frame at which each change period starts is an SFN whose value obtained by modulo operation with the change period length is 0.
  • the extended discontinuous reception acquisition period consists of 1024 hyperframes.
  • the length of the hyperframe is 10.24 seconds, and the length of the extended discontinuous reception acquisition period is 10485.76 seconds.
  • the hyperframe at which the extended discontinuous reception acquisition period starts is a hyperframe number whose value taken modulo 1024 is 0.
  • the terminal proceeds to step 3c-05 when the next change period starts or when the next extended discontinuous reception acquisition period starts.
  • step 3c-05 the terminal applies the system information acquisition procedure.
  • MIB includes SIB1 scheduling information.
  • SIB1 includes SI-SIB mapping information and SI scheduling information.
  • On-demand SI request (request on demand system information).
  • the terminal requests SI that is not broadcasted to the base station.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an operation of a terminal.
  • step 4a-03 first information related to extended discontinuous reception support is transmitted to the access mobility function.
  • step 4a-05 second information indicating extended discontinuous reception support is transmitted to the base station.
  • step 4a-07 a first message including a first field and a second field is received from the access mobility function.
  • step 4a-09 a second message including a third field is received from the base station.
  • step 4a-11 system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle is received from the base station.
  • step 4a-13 a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined.
  • step 4a-15 a paging frame is determined based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle.
  • step 4a-17 paging opportunities are monitored in the paging frame.
  • the terminal determines the reference discontinuous reception cycle as follows.
  • the terminal determines the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.
  • a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle.
  • the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field, the terminal receives the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.
  • a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the received value.
  • the terminal determines the reference discontinuous reception cycle as follows.
  • the terminal transmits the first terminal within the paging transmission window.
  • the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the field, the value indicated in the third field, and the default paging cycle, and outside the paging transmission window, the reference discontinuous reception is based on the value indicated in the third field and the default paging cycle. determine the cycle.
  • the terminal transmits the first terminal within the paging transmission window.
  • the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the field, the value indicated in the fourth field, and the default paging cycle, and outside the paging transmission window, the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the fourth field. .
  • the specific value is a value corresponding to 256 radio frames.
  • a first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined based on the first field and the second field.
  • the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field when the second message includes the fourth field, and determined by the third field when the second message does not include the fourth field. .
  • the first field indicates one value of a first set, which is a set of predetermined values
  • the second field indicates one value of a second set, which is a set of predetermined values.
  • the predetermined values of the second set are mutually exclusive.
  • the third field indicates one value of the third set, which is a set of predetermined values
  • the fourth field indicates one value of the fourth set, which is a set of predetermined values, both of which are the third set and the fourth set. Including the above specific values.
  • the specific value is the highest value of the third set and the lowest value of the fourth set.
  • the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a discontinuous reception cycle set by the LAN
  • the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a discontinuous reception cycle set by the core network.
  • the fourth field corresponds to the LAN setting extension discontinuous reception cycle.
  • 5A is a block diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal to which the present invention is applied.
  • the terminal includes a control unit 5a-01, a storage unit 5a-02, a transceiver 5a-03, a main processor 5a-04, and an input/output unit 5a-05.
  • the controller 5a-01 controls overall operations of the UE related to mobile communication.
  • the controller 5a-01 transmits and receives signals through the transceiver 5a-03.
  • the controller 5a-01 writes data to and reads data from the storage unit 5a-02.
  • the controller 5a-01 may include at least one processor.
  • the controller 5a-01 may include a communication processor (CP) that controls communication and an application processor (AP) that controls upper layers such as application programs.
  • the controller 5a-01 controls the storage unit and the transceiver so that the terminal operations of FIGS. 3A to 3C and 4A are performed.
  • the transceiver is also referred to as a transceiver.
  • the storage unit 5a-02 stores data such as a basic program for operation of the terminal, an application program, and setting information.
  • the storage unit 5a-02 provides stored data according to the request of the control unit 5a-01.
  • the transver 5a-03 includes an RF processing unit, a baseband processing unit, and an antenna.
  • the RF processing unit performs functions for transmitting and receiving signals through a wireless channel, such as band conversion and amplification of signals. That is, the RF processing unit up-converts the baseband signal provided from the baseband processing unit into an RF band signal, transmits the signal through an antenna, and down-converts the RF band signal received through the antenna into a baseband signal.
  • the RF processing unit may include a transmit filter, a receive filter, an amplifier, a mixer, an oscillator, a digital to analog converter (DAC), an analog to digital converter (ADC), and the like.
  • the RF processing unit may perform MIMO, and may receive multiple layers when performing MIMO operation.
  • the baseband processing unit performs a conversion function between a baseband signal and a bit string according to the physical layer standard of the system. For example, during data transmission, the baseband processing unit generates complex symbols by encoding and modulating a transmission bit stream. In addition, when data is received, the baseband processing unit demodulates and decodes the baseband signal provided from the RF processing unit to restore a received bit string.
  • the transceiver is also referred to as a transceiver.
  • the main processor 5a-04 controls overall operations except for operations related to mobile communication.
  • the main processor 5a-04 processes the user's input transmitted from the input/output unit 5a-05, stores necessary data in the storage unit 5a-02, and controls the control unit 5a-01 for mobile communication It performs related operations and delivers output information to the input/output unit 5a-05.
  • the input/output unit 5a-05 is composed of a device that accepts user input, such as a microphone and a screen, and a device that provides information to the user, and performs input and output of user data under the control of the main processor.
  • 5B is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station includes a control unit 5b-01, a storage unit 5b-02, a transceiver 5b-03, and a backhaul interface unit 5b-04.
  • the controller 5b-01 controls overall operations of the base station. For example, the controller 5b-01 transmits and receives signals through the transceiver 5b-03 or the backhaul interface 5b-04. Also, the controller 5b-01 writes and reads data in the storage unit 5b-02. To this end, the controller 5b-01 may include at least one processor.
  • the controller 5b-01 is a transceiver so that the base station operation shown in FIGS. 3A to 3C is performed. storage. Controls the backhaul interface.
  • the storage unit 5b-02 stores data such as a basic program for the operation of the main base station, an application program, and setting information.
  • the storage unit 5b-02 may store information on bearers allocated to the connected terminal, measurement results reported from the connected terminal, and the like.
  • the storage unit 5b-02 may store information that is a criterion for determining whether to provide or stop multiple connections to the terminal.
  • the storage unit 5b-02 provides the stored data according to the request of the control unit 5b-01.
  • the transceiver 5b-03 includes an RF processing unit, a baseband processing unit, and an antenna.
  • the RF processing unit performs functions for transmitting and receiving signals through a wireless channel, such as band conversion and amplification of signals. That is, the RF processor upconverts the baseband signal provided from the baseband processor into an RF band signal, transmits the signal through an antenna, and downconverts the RF band signal received through the antenna into a baseband signal.
  • the RF processing unit may include a transmit filter, a receive filter, an amplifier, a mixer, an oscillator, a DAC, an ADC, and the like.
  • the RF processing unit may perform a downlink MIMO operation by transmitting one or more layers.
  • the baseband processing unit performs a conversion function between a baseband signal and a bit string according to the physical layer standard. For example, during data transmission, the baseband processing unit generates complex symbols by encoding and modulating a transmission bit stream. In addition, when receiving data, the baseband processing unit demodulates and decodes the baseband signal provided from the RF processing unit to restore a received bit stream.
  • the transceiver is also referred to as a transceiver.
  • the backhaul interface unit 5b-04 provides an interface for communicating with other nodes in the network. That is, the backhaul communication unit 5b-04 converts a bit string transmitted from the main base station to another node, for example, a secondary base station, a core network, etc. into a physical signal, and converts the physical signal received from the other node into a bit string. convert to heat

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, a method for a terminal comprises the steps of: receiving, from an access mobility function, a first message including a first field and a second field; receiving, from a base station, a second message including a third field; receiving, from the base station, system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle; determining a reference discontinuous reception cycle; determining a paging frame on the basis of the reference discontinuous reception cycle; and monitoring a paging opportunity in the paging frame, wherein, if a second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by means of the third field, a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined on the basis of a first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle, and, if the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by means of a fourth field, the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined on the basis of the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.

Description

๋ฌด์„  ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜Method and apparatus for determining reference paging cycle by terminal in wireless mobile communication system

๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for receiving paging by determining a reference paging cycle in a wireless communication system.

4G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ƒ์šฉํ™” ์ดํ›„ ์ฆ๊ฐ€ ์ถ”์„ธ์— ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ํŠธ๋ž˜ํ”ฝ ์ˆ˜์š”๋ฅผ ์ถฉ์กฑ์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด, 5G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ด ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋†’์€ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ „์†ก๋ฅ ์„ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด, 5G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์€ ์ดˆ๊ณ ์ฃผํŒŒ(mmWave) ๋Œ€์—ญ (์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, 60๊ธฐ๊ฐ€(60GHz) ๋Œ€์—ญ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€)์„ ๋„์ž…ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ์ดˆ๊ณ ์ฃผํŒŒ ๋Œ€์—ญ์—์„œ์˜ ์ „ํŒŒ์˜ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ ์†์‹ค ์™„ํ™” ๋ฐ ์ „ํŒŒ์˜ ์ „๋‹ฌ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ฆ๊ฐ€์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด, 5G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋น”ํฌ๋ฐ(beamforming), ๊ฑฐ๋Œ€ ๋ฐฐ์—ด ๋‹ค์ค‘ ์ž…์ถœ๋ ฅ(massive MIMO), ์ „์ฐจ์› ๋‹ค์ค‘์ž…์ถœ๋ ฅ (Full Dimensional MIMO: FD-MIMO), ์–ด๋ ˆ์ด ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(array antenna), ์•„๋‚ ๋กœ๊ทธ ๋น”ํ˜•์„ฑ (analog beam-forming) ๋ฐ ๋Œ€๊ทœ๋ชจ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜ (large scale antenna) ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๋“ค์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. 5G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์„ ์ค‘์•™ ์œ ๋‹ˆํŠธ์™€ ๋ถ„์‚ฐ ์œ ๋‹ˆํŠธ๋กœ ๋ถ„ํ• ํ•ด์„œ ํ™•์žฅ์„ฑ์„ ๋†’์ธ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ 5G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์„œ๋น„์Šค๋ฅผ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ ๊ต‰์žฅํžˆ ๋†’์€ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ „์†ก๋ฅ ๊ณผ ๊ต‰์žฅํžˆ ๋‚ฎ์€ ์ „์†ก์ง€์—ฐ์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ชฉํ‘œ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In order to meet the growing demand for wireless data traffic after the commercialization of 4G communication systems, 5G communication systems have been developed. In order to achieve a high data rate, the 5G communication system has introduced a very high frequency (mmWave) band (eg, such as the 60 GHz band). In order to mitigate the path loss of radio waves and increase the propagation distance of radio waves in the ultra-high frequency band, beamforming, massive MIMO, and Full Dimensional MIMO (FD-MIMO) are used in 5G communication systems. ), array antenna, analog beam-forming and large scale antenna technologies are used. In the 5G communication system, scalability is increased by dividing the base station into a central unit and a distribution unit. In addition, the 5G communication system aims to support very high data rates and very low transmission delays in order to support various services.

5G ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์„ IoT ๋ง์— ์ ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์‹œ๋„๋“ค์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์„ผ์„œ ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ(sensor network), ์‚ฌ๋ฌผ ํ†ต์‹ (Machine to Machine, M2M), MTC(Machine Type Communication)๋“ฑ์˜ 5G ํ†ต์‹ ์ด ๋น” ํฌ๋ฐ, MIMO, ๋ฐ ์–ด๋ ˆ์ด ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜ ๋“ฑ์˜ ๊ธฐ๋ฒ•์— ์˜ํ•ด ๊ตฌํ˜„๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.Various attempts are being made to apply the 5G communication system to the IoT network. For example, 5G communication such as sensor network, machine to machine (M2M), and machine type communication (MTC) is implemented by techniques such as beamforming, MIMO, and array antenna.

์ƒ๊ธฐ MTC ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธ ํฐ์— ๋น„ํ•ด์„œ ์ œํ•œ๋œ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ๋งŒ ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, MTC ํ†ต์‹  ๋“ฑ์„ ์œ„ํ•ด ์ถ•์†Œ๋œ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ๋งŒ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ RedCap UE๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ RedCap UE๋ฅผ ํšจ์œจ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์กด ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์— ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์„ ๋„์ž…ํ•  ํ•„์š”์„ฑ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค. The terminal performing the MTC communication requires only limited performance compared to a general smart phone, and a terminal having only reduced performance for MTC communication is referred to as a RedCap UE. In order to efficiently support the RedCap UE in a mobile communication system, there is a need to introduce a new technology into an existing mobile communication system.

๊ฐœ์‹œ๋œ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๊ณ ์ž ํ•œ๋‹ค.Disclosed embodiments are intended to provide a method and apparatus for receiving paging by determining a reference paging cycle by a terminal in a wireless communication system.

๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, in a method of a terminal, receiving a first message including a first field and a second field from an access mobility function, receiving a second message including a third field from a base station receiving system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle from a base station, determining a reference discontinuous reception cycle, determining a paging frame based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle, the paging frame monitoring paging opportunities in

๊ฐœ์‹œ๋œ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค.The disclosed embodiment provides a method and apparatus for receiving paging by determining a reference paging cycle by a terminal in a wireless communication system.

๋„ 1a๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ 5G ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ๊ณผ NG-RAN์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค1A is a diagram illustrating the structure of a 5G system and an NG-RAN according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 1b๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ NR ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ ๋ฌด์„  ํ”„๋กœํ† ์ฝœ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.1B is a diagram illustrating a radio protocol structure in a NR system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 2a๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญํญ ๋ถ€๋ถ„ ์กฐ์ •๊ณผ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์„ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. Figure 2a is a diagram illustrating bandwidth portion adjustment and bandwidth portion.

๋„ 2b๋Š” ํƒ์ƒ‰ ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์ œ์–ด ์ž์› ์…‹์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 2B is a diagram illustrating a search period and a control resource set.

๋„ 3a๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3A is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 3b๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ, ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3B is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to discontinuous reception according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 3c๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ, ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด์—…๋ฐ์ดํŠธ์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3C is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to system information update according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 4๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ๋ฆ„๋„์ด๋‹ค. 4 is a flowchart for explaining an operation of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

๋„ 5a๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค. 5A is a block diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal to which the present invention is applied.

๋„ 5b๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.5B is a block diagram showing the internal structure of a base station to which the present invention is applied.

์ดํ•˜, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ์ฒจ๋ถ€ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ƒ์„ธํžˆ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•จ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๊ณต์ง€ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ ํ˜น์€ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์ธ ์„ค๋ช…์ด ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์š”์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ถˆํ•„์š”ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ํ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค๊ณ  ํŒ๋‹จ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๊ทธ ์ƒ์„ธํ•œ ์„ค๋ช…์€ ์ƒ๋žตํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ํ›„์ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ์˜ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ ์ •์˜๋œ ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋Š” ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž, ์šด์šฉ์ž์˜ ์˜๋„ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ด€๋ก€ ๋“ฑ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋‹ฌ๋ผ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฏ€๋กœ ๊ทธ ์ •์˜๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ช…์„ธ์„œ ์ „๋ฐ˜์— ๊ฑธ์นœ ๋‚ด์šฉ์„ ํ† ๋Œ€๋กœ ๋‚ด๋ ค์ ธ์•ผ ํ•  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with accompanying drawings. In addition, in describing the present invention, if it is determined that a detailed description of a related known function or configuration may unnecessarily obscure the subject matter of the present invention, the detailed description will be omitted. In addition, terms to be described later are terms defined in consideration of functions in the present invention, which may vary according to the intention or custom of a user or operator. Therefore, the definition should be made based on the contents throughout this specification.

์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ ‘์† ๋…ธ๋“œ(node)๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์šฉ์–ด, ๋ง ๊ฐ์ฒด(network entity)๋“ค์„ ์ง€์นญํ•˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด, ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋“ค์„ ์ง€์นญํ•˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด, ๋ง ๊ฐ์ฒด๋“ค ๊ฐ„ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ์ง€์นญํ•˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด, ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์‹๋ณ„ ์ •๋ณด๋“ค์„ ์ง€์นญํ•˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด ๋“ฑ์€ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์˜ˆ์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์ด ํ›„์ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉฐ, ๋™๋“ฑํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ๋Œ€์ƒ์„ ์ง€์นญํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์šฉ์–ด๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. A term used in the following description to identify a connection node, a term referring to network entities, a term referring to messages, a term referring to an interface between network entities, and a term referring to various types of identification information. Etc. are illustrated for convenience of description. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the terms described below, and other terms indicating objects having equivalent technical meanings may be used.

์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ํ˜„์žฌ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ํ†ต์‹ ํ‘œ์ค€ ๊ฐ€์šด๋ฐ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ตœ์‹ ์˜ ํ‘œ์ค€์ธ 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) ๊ทœ๊ฒฉ์—์„œ ์ •์˜ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด ๋ฐ ๋ช…์นญ๋“ค์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์šฉ์–ด ๋ฐ ๋ช…์นญ๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ทœ๊ฒฉ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋Š” ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—๋„ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. For convenience of description below, the present invention uses terms and names defined in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standard, which is the most up-to-date among existing communication standards. However, the present invention is not limited by the above terms and names, and may be equally applied to systems conforming to other standards.

ํ‘œ 1์— ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์•ฝ์–ด๋“ค์„ ๋‚˜์—ดํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. Table 1 lists the abbreviations used in the present invention.

AcronymAcronym Full namefull name AcronymAcronym Full namefull name 5GC5GC 5G Core Network5G Core Network RACHRACH Random Access ChannelRandom Access Channel ACKACK AcknowledgementAcknowledgment RANRAN Radio Access NetworkRadio Access Network AM AM Acknowledged ModeAcknowledged Mode RARRAR Random Access ResponseRandom Access Response AMFAMF Access and Mobility Management FunctionAccess and Mobility Management Function RA-RNTIRA-RNTI Random Access RNTIRandom Access RNTI ARQARQ Automatic Repeat RequestAutomatic Repeat Request RATRAT Radio Access TechnologyRadio Access Technology ASAS Access StratumAccess Stratum RBRB Radio BearerRadio Bearer ASN.1ASN.1 Abstract Syntax Notation OneAbstract Syntax Notation One RLCRLC Radio Link ControlRadio Link Control BSRBSR Buffer Status ReportBuffer Status Report RNARNA RAN-based Notification AreaRAN-based Notification Area BWPBWP Bandwidth PartBandwidth Part RNAURNAU RAN-based Notification Area UpdateRAN-based Notification Area Update CACA Carrier AggregationCarrier Aggregation RNTIRNTI Radio Network Temporary IdentifierRadio Network Temporary Identifier CAGCAG Closed Access GroupClosed Access Group RRCRRC Radio Resource ControlRadio Resource Control CGCG Cell GroupCell Group RRMRRM Radio Resource ManagementRadio Resource Management C-RNTIC-RNTI Cell RNTICell RNTI RSRPRSRP Reference Signal Received PowerReference Signal Received Power CSICSI Channel State InformationChannel State Information RSRQRSRQ Reference Signal Received QualityReference Signal Received Quality DCIDCI Downlink Control InformationDownlink Control Information RSSIRSSI Received Signal Strength IndicatorReceived Signal Strength Indicator DRBDRB (user) Data Radio Bearer(user) Data Radio Bearer SCellSCell Secondary CellSecondary Cell DRXDRX Discontinuous ReceptionDiscontinuous Reception SCSSCS Subcarrier SpacingSubcarrier Spacing HARQHARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat RequestHybrid Automatic Repeat Request SDAPSDAP Service Data Adaptation ProtocolService Data Adaptation Protocol IEIE Information elementInformation element SDUSDU Service Data UnitService Data Unit LCGLCG Logical Channel GroupLogical Channel Group SFNSFN System Frame NumberSystem Frame Number MACMAC Medium Access ControlMedium Access Control S-GWS-GW Serving GatewayServing Gateway MIBMIB Master Information BlockMaster Information Block SISI System InformationSystem Information NASNAS Non-Access StratumNon-Access Stratum SIBSIB System Information BlockSystem Information Block NG-RANNG-RAN NG Radio Access NetworkNG Radio Access Network SpCellSpCell Special CellSpecial Cell NRNR NR Radio AccessNR Radio Access SRBSRB Signalling Radio BearerSignaling Radio Bearer PBRPBR Prioritised Bit RatePrioritized Bit Rate SRSSRS Sounding Reference SignalSounding Reference Signal PCellPCell Primary CellPrimary Cell SSSS Search SpaceSearch space PCIPCI Physical Cell IdentifierPhysical Cell Identifier SSBSSB SS/PBCH blockSS/PBCH block PDCCHPDCCH Physical Downlink Control ChannelPhysical Downlink Control Channel SSSSSS Secondary Synchronisation SignalSecondary Synchronization Signal PDCPPDCP Packet Data Convergence ProtocolPacket Data Convergence Protocol SULSUL Supplementary UplinkSupplementary Uplinks PDSCHPDSCH Physical Downlink Shared ChannelPhysical Downlink Shared Channel TMTM Transparent ModeTransparent Mode PDUPDUs Protocol Data UnitProtocol Data Unit UCIUCI Uplink Control InformationUplink Control Information PHRPHR Power Headroom ReportPower Headroom Report UEUE User EquipmentUser Equipment PLMNPLMN Public Land Mobile NetworkPublic Land Mobile Network UMUM Unacknowledged ModeUnacknowledged Mode PRACHPRACH Physical Random Access ChannelPhysical Random Access Channel CRPCRP Cell Reselection PriorityCell Reselection Priority PRBPRB Physical Resource BlockPhysical Resource Block PSSPSS Primary Synchronisation SignalPrimary Synchronization Signal PUCCHPUCCH Physical Uplink Control ChannelPhysical Uplink Control Channel PUSCHPUSCH Physical Uplink Shared ChannelPhysical Uplink Shared Channel

ํ‘œ2์— ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ๋นˆ๋ฒˆํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด๋“ค์„ ์ •์˜ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. Table 2 defines terms frequently used in the present invention.

TerminologyTerminology DefinitionDefinition Carrier frequencyCarrier frequency center frequency of the cell.center frequency of the cell. CellCell combination of downlink and optionally uplink resources. The linking between the carrier frequency of the downlink resources and the carrier frequency of the uplink resources is indicated in the system information transmitted on the downlink resources.combination of downlink and optionally uplink resources. The linking between the carrier frequency of the downlink resources and the carrier frequency of the uplink resources is indicated in the system information transmitted on the downlink resources. Cell GroupCell Group in dual connectivity, a group of serving cells associated with either the MeNB or the SeNB.in dual connectivity, a group of serving cells associated with either the MeNB or the SeNB. Cell reselectionCell reselection A process to find a better suitable cell than the current serving cell based on the system information received in the current serving cellA process to find a better suitable cell than the current serving cell based on the system information received in the current serving cell Cell selectionCell selection A process to find a suitable cell either blindly or based on the stored informationA process to find a suitable cell either blindly or based on the stored information Cell Reselection PriorityCell Reselection Priority Priority of a carrier frequency regarding cell reselection. System Information Block 2 and System Information Block 3 provide the CRP of the serving frequency and CRPs of inter-frequencies respectively. UE consider higher priority frequency for cell reselection if channel condition of the frequency is better than a specific threshold even if channel condition of a lower priority frequency is better than that of the higher priority frequency.Priority of a carrier frequency regarding cell reselection. System Information Block 2 and System Information Block 3 provide the CRP of the serving frequency and CRPs of inter-frequencies respectively. UE consider higher priority frequency for cell reselection if channel condition of the frequency is better than a specific threshold even if channel condition of a lower priority frequency is better than that of the higher priority frequency. Dedicated signallingDedicated signaling Signalling sent on DCCH logical channel between the network and a single UE.Signaling sent on DCCH logical channel between the network and a single UE. FieldField The individual contents of an information element are referred to as fields.The individual contents of an information element are referred to as fields. Frequency layerFrequency layer set of cells with the same carrier frequency.set of cells with the same carrier frequency. Global cell identityGlobal cell identity An identity to uniquely identifying an NR cell. It is consisted of cellIdentity and plmn-Identity of the first PLMN-Identity in plmn-IdentityList in SIB1.An identity to uniquely identifying an NR cell. It is consisted of cellIdentity and plmn-Identity of the first PLMN-Identity in plmn-IdentityList in SIB1. gNBgNB node providing NR user plane and control plane protocol terminations towards the UE, and connected via the NG interface to the 5GC.node providing NR user plane and control plane protocol terminations towards the UE, and connected via the NG interface to the 5GC. HandoverHandover procedure that changes the serving cell of a UE in RRC_CONNECTED.procedure that changes the serving cell of a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. Information elementInformation element A structural element containing single or multiple fields is referred as information element.A structural element containing single or multiple fields is referred as information element. LL The Length field in MAC subheader indicates the length of the corresponding MAC SDU or of the corresponding MAC CEThe Length field in MAC subheader indicates the length of the corresponding MAC SDU or of the corresponding MAC CE LCIDLCID 6 bit logical channel identity in MAC subheader to denote which logical channel traffic or which MAC CE is included in the MAC subPDU 6 bit logical channel identity in MAC subheader to denote which logical channel traffic or which MAC CE is included in the MAC subPDU Logical channelLogical channel a logical path between a RLC entity and a MAC entity. There are multiple logical channel types depending on what type of information is transferred e.g. CCCH (Common Control Channel), DCCH (Dedicate Control Channel), DTCH (Dedicate Traffic Channel), PCCH (Paging Control Channel)a logical path between a RLC entity and a MAC entity. There are multiple logical channel types depending on what type of information is transferred e.g. CCCH (Common Control Channel), DCCH (Dedicate Control Channel), DTCH (Dedicate Traffic Channel), PCCH (Paging Control Channel) NRNR NR radio accessNR radio access PCellPCell SpCell of a master cell group.SpCell of a master cell group. registered PLMN registered PLMN PLMN which UE has registered toPLMN which UE has registered to selected PLMNselected PLMN PLMN which UE has selected to perform registration procedurePLMN which UE has selected to perform registration procedure equivalent PLMNequivalent PLMN PLMN which is equivalent to registered PLMN. UE is informed of list of EPLMNs by AMF during registration procedure PLMN which is equivalent to registered PLMN. UE is informed of list of EPLMNs by AMF during registration procedure PLMN ID CheckPLMN ID Check the process that checks whether a PLMN ID is the RPLMN identity or an EPLMN identity of the UE.the process that checks whether a PLMN ID is the RPLMN identity or an EPLMN identity of the UE. Primary CellPrimary Cell The MCG cell, operating on the primary frequency, in which the UE either performs the initial connection establishment procedure or initiates the connection re-establishment procedure.The MCG cell, operating on the primary frequency, in which the UE either performs the initial connection establishment procedure or initiates the connection re-establishment procedure. Radio BearerRadio Bearer Logical path between a PDCP entity and upper layer (i.e. SDAP entity or RRC)Logical path between a PDCP entity and upper layer (i.e. SDAP entity or RRC) RLC bearerRLC bearer RLC and MAC logical channel configuration of a radio bearer in one cell group.RLC and MAC logical channel configuration of a radio bearer in one cell group. RLC bearer configurationRLC bearer configuration The lower layer part of the radio bearer configuration comprising the RLC and logical channel configurations.The lower layer part of the radio bearer configuration comprising the RLC and logical channel configurations. Serving CellServing Cell For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED not configured with CA/DC there is only one serving cell comprising of the primary cell. For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED configured with CA/ DC the term 'serving cells' is used to denote the set of cells comprising of the Special Cell(s) and all secondary cells.For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED not configured with CA/DC there is only one serving cell comprising of the primary cell. For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED configured with CA/ DC the term 'serving cells' is used to denote the set of cells comprising of the Special Cell(s) and all secondary cells. SpCellSpCell primary cell of a master or secondary cell group.primary cell of a master or secondary cell group. Special CellSpecial Cell For Dual Connectivity operation the term Special Cell refers to the PCell of the MCG or the PSCell of the SCG, otherwise the term Special Cell refers to the PCell.For Dual Connectivity operation the term Special Cell refers to the PCell of the MCG or the PSCell of the SCG, otherwise the term Special Cell refers to the PCell. SRBSRB Signalling Radio Bearers" (SRBs) are defined as Radio Bearers (RBs) that are used only for the transmission of RRC and NAS messages.Signaling Radio Bearers" (SRBs) are defined as Radio Bearers (RBs) that are used only for the transmission of RRC and NAS messages. SRB0SRB0 SRB0 is for RRC messages using the CCCH logical channelSRB0 is for RRC messages using the CCCH logical channel SRB1SRB1 SRB1 is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages prior to the establishment of SRB2, all using DCCH logical channel;SRB1 is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages prior to the establishment of SRB2, all using DCCH logical channel; SRB2SRB2 SRB2 is for NAS messages and for RRC messages which include logged measurement information, all using DCCH logical channel. SRB2 has a lower priority than SRB1 and may be configured by the network after AS security activation;SRB2 is for NAS messages and for RRC messages which include logged measurement information, all using DCCH logical channel. SRB2 has a lower priority than SRB1 and may be configured by the network after AS security activation; SRB3SRB3 SRB3 is for specific RRC messages when UE is in (NG)EN-DC or NR-DC, all using DCCH logical channelSRB3 is for specific RRC messages when UE is in (NG)EN-DC or NR-DC, all using DCCH logical channel SRB4SRB4 SRB4 is for RRC messages which include application layer measurement reporting information, all using DCCH logical channel. SRB4 is for RRC messages which include application layer measurement reporting information, all using DCCH logical channel. CCCHCCCH CCCH is a logical channel to transfer initial RRC messages such as RRCSetupRequest, RRCResumeRequest and RRCSetupCCCH is a logical channel to transfer initial RRC messages such as RRCSetupRequest, RRCResumeRequest and RRCSetup DCCHDCCH DCCH is a logical channel to transfer RRC messages after RRC connection establishment DCCH is a logical channel to transfer RRC messages after RRC connection establishment Suitable cellSuitable cell A cell on which a UE may camp. Following criteria apply
- The cell is part of either the selected PLMN or the registered PLMN or PLMN of the Equivalent PLMN list
- The cell is not barred
- The cell is part of at least one TA that is not part of the list of "Forbidden Tracking Areas for Roaming" (TS 22.011 [18]), which belongs to a PLMN that fulfils the first bullet above.
- The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled (i.e. RSRP and RSRQ are better than specific values
A cell on which a UE may camp. Following criteria apply
- The cell is part of either the selected PLMN or the registered PLMN or PLMN of the Equivalent PLMN list
- The cell is not barred
- The cell is part of at least one TA that is not part of the list of "Forbidden Tracking Areas for Roaming" (TS 22.011 [18]), which belongs to a PLMN that fulfills the first bullet above.
- The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled (ie RSRP and RSRQ are better than specific values

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ "ํŠธ๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐํ•œ๋‹ค" ํ˜น์€ "ํŠธ๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋œ๋‹ค"์™€ "๊ฐœ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค" ํ˜น์€ "๊ฐœ์‹œ๋œ๋‹ค"๋Š” ๋™์ผํ•œ ์˜๋ฏธ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ถ•์†Œ๋œ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap UE๋Š” ๋™์ผํ•œ ์˜๋ฏธ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In the present invention, "trigger" or "triggered" and "initiate" or "start" may be used in the same meaning. In the present invention, a terminal with reduced performance and a RedCap UE may be used in the same meaning.

๋„ 1a๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ 5G ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ๊ณผ NG-RAN์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 5G์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์€ NG-RAN (1a-01)๊ณผ 5GC (1a-02)๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. NG-RAN ๋…ธ๋“œ๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜ ๋‘˜ ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜์ด๋‹ค.1A is a diagram illustrating structures of a 5G system and an NG-RAN according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The 5G system consists of NG-RAN (1a-01) and 5GC (1a-02). An NG-RAN node is one of the two below.

1: NR ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ํ‰๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ์–ด ํ‰๋ฉด์„ UE์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” gNB; ๋˜๋Š”1: gNB providing NR user plane and control plane towards UE; or

2: E-UTRA ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ํ‰๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์ œ์–ด ํ‰๋ฉด์„ UE์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ng-eNB.2: ng-eNB providing E-UTRA user plane and control plane to UE side.

gNB (1a-05 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1a-06)์™€ ng-eNB(1a-03 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1a-04)๋Š” Xn ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค. gNB ๋ฐ ng-eNB๋Š” NG ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function) (1a-07) ๋ฐ UPF (User Plane Function)(1a-08)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค. AMF (1a-07)์™€ UPF (1a-08)๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์  ๋…ธ๋“œ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ณ„๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์  ๋…ธ๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. gNBs (1a-05 to 1a-06) and ng-eNBs (1a-03 to 1a-04) are interconnected through an Xn interface. The gNB and ng-eNB are connected to an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) (1a-07) and a User Plane Function (UPF) (1a-08) through an NG interface. AMF (1a-07) and UPF (1a-08) can be composed of one physical node or separate physical nodes.

gNB (1a-05 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1a-06)์™€ ng-eNB (1a-03 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1a-04)๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜์— ๋‚˜์—ด๋œ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ˜ธ์ŠคํŒ…ํ•œ๋‹ค. gNBs (1a-05 to 1a-06) and ng-eNBs (1a-03 to 1a-04) host the functions listed below.

๋ผ๋””์˜ค ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ ์ œ์–ด, ๋ผ๋””์˜ค ์ˆ˜๋ฝ ์ œ์–ด, ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ์ด๋™์„ฑ ์ œ์–ด, ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ, ๋‹ค์šด ๋งํฌ ๋ฐ ์‚ฌ์ด๋“œ ๋งํฌ (์ผ์ •)์—์„œ UEs์—๊ฒŒ ์ž์›์˜ ๋™์  ํ• ๋‹น, IP ๋ฐ ์ด๋”๋„ท ํ—ค๋” ์••์ถ•, ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ๊ฐ์•• ๋ฐ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ŠคํŠธ๋ฆผ์˜ ์•”ํ˜ธํ™”, ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋กœ AMF๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์—†๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ AMF ์„ ํƒ, UPF๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ํ‰๋ฉด ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ์˜ ๋ผ์šฐํŒ…, ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋ง ๋ฐ ์ „์†ก, (AMF๋˜๋Š” O&M์—์„œ ์œ ๋ž˜ํ•œ) ๋ฐฉ์†ก ์ •๋ณด์˜ ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋ง ๋ฐ ์ „์†ก;Radio bearer control, radio admission control, connection mobility control, dynamic allocation of resources to UEs in uplink, downlink and sidelink (constant), IP and Ethernet header compression, uplink data decompression and encryption of user data streams, AMF selection, routing of user plane data to UPF, scheduling and transmission of paging messages, scheduling and transmission of broadcast information (originating from AMF or O&M), when AMF selection is not possible with the information provided;

์ด๋™์„ฑ ๋ฐ ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋ง์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ธก์ • ๋ฐ ์ธก์ • ๋ณด๊ณ  ๊ตฌ์„ฑ, ์„ธ์…˜ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ QoS ํ๋ฆ„ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ ๋ฐ ๋งคํ•‘, RRC_INACTIVE ์ง€์›, ๋ฌด์„  ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ ๊ณต์œ ;Measurement and measurement report configuration for mobility and scheduling, session management, QoS flow management and mapping to data radio bearers, RRC_INACTIVE support, radio access network sharing;

NR๊ณผ E-UTRA ๊ฐ„์˜ ๊ธด๋ฐ€ํ•œ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์ž‘์šฉ, ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ ์Šฌ๋ผ์ด์‹ฑ ์ง€์›.Close interaction between NR and E-UTRA, support for network slicing.

AMF (1a-07)๋Š” NAS ์‹œ๊ทธ๋„๋ง, NAS ์‹ ํ˜ธ ๋ณด์•ˆ, AS ๋ณด์•ˆ ์ œ์–ด, S-GW ์„ ํƒ, ์ธ์ฆ, ์ด๋™์„ฑ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ ๋ฐ ์œ„์น˜ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ˜ธ์ŠคํŒ…ํ•œ๋‹ค.AMF (1a-07) hosts functions such as NAS signaling, NAS signaling security, AS security control, S-GW selection, authentication, mobility management and location management.

UPF (1a-08)๋Š” ํŒจํ‚ท ๋ผ์šฐํŒ… ๋ฐ ์ „๋‹ฌ, ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ๋ฐ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์˜ ์ „์†ก ์ˆ˜์ค€ ํŒจํ‚ท ๋งˆํ‚น, QoS ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, ์ด๋™์„ฑ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ด๋™์„ฑ ์•ต์ปค๋ง ๋“ฑ์˜ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ˜ธ์ŠคํŒ…ํ•œ๋‹ค.UPF 1a-08 hosts functions such as packet routing and forwarding, uplink and downlink transport level packet marking, QoS management, and mobility anchoring for mobility.

๋„ 1b-๋Š”, 5G ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ํ”„๋กœํ† ์ฝœ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. Figure 1b- is a diagram showing the radio protocol structure of a 5G system.

์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ํ‰๋ฉด ํ”„๋กœํ† ์ฝœ ์Šคํƒ์€ SDAP (1b-01 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-02), PDCP (1b-03 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-04), RLC (1b-05 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-06), MAC (1b-07 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-08), PHY (1b-09 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-10)๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ œ์–ด ํ‰๋ฉด ํ”„๋กœํ† ์ฝœ ์Šคํƒ์€ NAS (1b-11 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-12), RRC (1b-13 ๋‚ด์ง€ 1b-14), PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.The user plane protocol stack is SDAP (1b-01 to 1b-02), PDCP (1b-03 to 1b-04), RLC (1b-05 to 1b-06), MAC (1b-07 to 1b-08), PHY (1b-09 to 1b-10). The control plane protocol stack consists of NAS (1b-11 to 1b-12), RRC (1b-13 to 1b-14), PDCP, RLC, MAC, and PHY.

๊ฐ ํ”„๋กœํ† ์ฝœ ๋ถ€๊ณ„์ธต์€ ์•„๋ž˜ํ‘œ์— ๋‚˜์—ด๋œ ๋™์ž‘๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. Each protocol sublayer performs functions related to the operations listed in the table below.

SublayerSublayer FunctionsFunctions NASNAS ์ธ์ฆ, ๋ชจ๋นŒ๋ฆฌํ‹ฐ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, ๋ณด์•ˆ ์ œ์–ด ๋“ฑAuthentication, mobility management, security control, etc. RRCRRC ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด, ํŽ˜์ด์ง•, RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, ๋ณด์•ˆ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ, ์‹œ๊ทธ๋„๋ง ๋ฌด์„  ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, ๋ชจ๋นŒ๋ฆฌํ‹ฐ ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, QoS ๊ด€๋ฆฌ, ๋ฌด์„  ๋งํฌ ์˜ค๋ฅ˜๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ์˜ ๋ณต๊ตฌ ๊ฐ์ง€ ๋ฐ ๋ณต๊ตฌ, NAS ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ์ „์†ก ๋“ฑ System information, paging, RRC connection management, security functions, signaling radio bearer and data radio bearer management, mobility management, QoS management, recovery from radio link failure detection and recovery, NAS message transmission, etc. SDAPSDAP QoS ํ”Œ๋กœ์šฐ์™€ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐ„์˜ ๋งคํ•‘, DL ๋ฐ UL ํŒจํ‚ท์˜ QoS ํ”Œ๋กœ์šฐ ID(QFI) ๋งˆํ‚น.Mapping between QoS flows and data radio bearers, QoS flow ID (QFI) marking of DL and UL packets. PDCPPDCP ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ „์†ก, ํ—ค๋” ์••์ถ• ๋ฐ ๋ณต์›, ์•”ํ˜ธํ™” ๋ฐ ๋ณตํ˜ธํ™”, ๋ฌด๊ฒฐ์„ฑ ๋ณดํ˜ธ ๋ฐ ๋ฌด๊ฒฐ์„ฑ ๊ฒ€์ฆ, ์ค‘๋ณต ์ „์†ก, ์ˆœ์„œ ์กฐ์ • ๋ฐ ์ˆœ์„œ ๋งž์ถค ์ „๋‹ฌ ๋“ฑData transmission, header compression and decompression, encryption and decryption, integrity protection and integrity verification, redundant transmission, ordering and out-of-order delivery, etc. RLCRLC ์ƒ์œ„ ๊ณ„์ธตPDU ์ „์†ก, ARQ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•œ ์˜ค๋ฅ˜ ์ˆ˜์ •, RLC SDU์˜ ๋ถ„ํ•  ๋ฐ ์žฌ๋ถ„ํ• , SDU์˜ ์žฌ์กฐ๋ฆฝ, RLC ์žฌ์„ค๋ฆฝ ๋“ฑHigher layer PDU transmission, error correction through ARQ, RLC SDU division and re-division, SDU reassembly, RLC re-establishment, etc. MACMAC ๋…ผ๋ฆฌ ์ฑ„๋„๊ณผ ์ „์†ก ์ฑ„๋„ ๊ฐ„์˜ ๋งคํ•‘, ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ ๊ณ„์ธต์—์„œ ์ „๋‹ฌ๋˜๋Š” ์ „์†ก ๋ธ”๋ก(TB)์—์„œ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋…ผ๋ฆฌ ์ฑ„๋„์— ์†ํ•˜๋Š” MAC SDU๋“ค์„ ๋‹ค์ค‘ํ™”/์—ญ๋‹ค์ค‘ํ™”, ์ •๋ณด ๋ณด๊ณ  ์ผ์ •, UE ๊ฐ„์˜ ์šฐ์„  ์ˆœ์œ„ ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ, ๋‹จ์ผ UE ๋…ผ๋ฆฌ์  ์ฑ„๋„ ๊ฐ„์˜ ์šฐ์„  ์ˆœ์œ„ ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๋“ฑMapping between logical channels and transport channels, multiplexing/demultiplexing MAC SDUs belonging to one or another logical channel in a transport block (TB) carried in the physical layer, information reporting schedule, priority processing between UEs, priority between single UE logical channels ranking processing, etc. PHYPHY ์ฑ„๋„ ์ฝ”๋”ฉ, ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์  ๊ณ„์ธต ํ•˜์ด๋ธŒ๋ฆฌ๋“œ-ARQ ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ, ๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ ๋งค์นญ, ์Šคํฌ๋žจ๋ธ”๋ง, ๋ณ€์กฐ, ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด ๋งคํ•‘, ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ œ์–ด ์ •๋ณด, ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ œ์–ด ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑChannel coding, physical layer hybrid-ARQ processing, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, layer mapping, downlink control information, uplink control information, etc.

์ถ•์†Œ๋œ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง ํ˜น์€ RedCap UE๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ๋น„ํ•ด์„œ ๋‚ฎ์€ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋ฉฐ IOT ๋“ฑ ์ œํ•œ๋œ ์‹œ๋‚˜๋ฆฌ์˜ค์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด 100 MHz์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ, ์ˆ˜ Gbps์˜ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์†๋„, 4๊ฐœ ์ด์ƒ์˜ Rx ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ์žฅ์น˜ (Rx branch)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์— ๋น„ํ•ด RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ 20 MHz์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ, ์ˆ˜์‹ญ Mbps์˜ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์†๋„, 2๊ฐœ ์ดํ•˜์˜ Rx ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. Reduced performance terminals or RedCap UEs have lower performance than general terminals and are used in limited scenarios such as IOT. While a typical terminal has a bandwidth of 100 MHz, a transmission/reception speed of several Gbps, and more than 4 Rx processing units (Rx branches), a RedCap terminal has a bandwidth of 20 MHz, a transmission/reception speed of several tens of Mbps, and less than 2 Rx processing units. have

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” RedCap UE๊ฐ€ RedCap์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ์…€์— ์•ก์„ธ์Šคํ•ด์„œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŠนํžˆ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ ๋ถ€๋ถ„ (initial Bandwidth Part ์ดํ•˜ IBWP)์—์„œ ํƒ์ƒ‰ ๊ณต๊ฐ„ 0 (Search Space 0, ์ดํ•˜ SS#0)์™€ ์ œ์–ด ์ž์› ์…‹ 0 (Control Resource Set 0, ์ดํ•˜ CORESET#0)๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. The present invention provides a method and apparatus for a RedCap UE to access a cell supporting RedCap, receive system information, and perform necessary operations. In particular, the terminal applies search space 0 (hereinafter referred to as SS#0) and control resource set 0 (Control Resource Set 0, hereinafter referred to as CORESET#0) in the initial bandwidth part (hereinafter referred to as IBWP) to obtain system information, etc. receive

๋„ 2a๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญํญ ํŒŒํŠธ์˜ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 2A is a diagram illustrating an example of a bandwidth part.

๋Œ€์—ญํญ ์ ์‘(BA)์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ–๋ฉด UE์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋ฐ ์ „์†ก ๋Œ€์—ญํญ์ด ์…€์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ๋งŒํผ ํด ํ•„์š”๋Š” ์—†๋„๋ก ์กฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ ํญ์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋˜๋„๋ก ๋ช…๋ น๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ (์˜ˆ: ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ ˆ์•ฝํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋‚ฎ์€ ํ™œ๋™ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„ ๋™์•ˆ ์ถ•์†Œ๋จ), ์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ์—์„œ ์ด๋™ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค (์˜ˆ: ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋ง ์œ ์—ฐ์„ฑ ํ–ฅ์ƒ). ๋˜ํ•œ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค (์˜ˆ: ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์„œ๋น„์Šค๋ฅผ ํ—ˆ์šฉ). ์…€์˜ ์ด ์…€ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ์˜ ํ•˜์œ„ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์„ BWP(s)๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•œ๋‹ค. BA๋Š” UE์—๊ฒŒ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐœ์˜ BWP๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ BWP ์ค‘ ์–ด๋А ๊ฒƒ์ด ํ™œ์„ฑ ์ƒํƒœ์ธ์ง€ UE์—๊ฒŒ ๋งํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋„ 2a์—์„œ ์•„๋ž˜ 3๊ฐœ์˜ ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ BWP๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ ์‹œ๋‚˜๋ฆฌ์˜ค๊ฐ€ ๋„์‹œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. Bandwidth adaptation (BA) allows the UE's receive and transmit bandwidth to be adjusted so that it need not be as large as the cell's bandwidth. It can also be commanded to change width (e.g. collapse during periods of low activity to conserve power) or move position in the frequency domain (e.g. increase scheduling flexibility). Also, the sub-carrier interval may be changed (eg to allow other services). A subset of the cell's total cell bandwidth is called BWP(s). BA is achieved by configuring several BWPs to the UE and telling the UE which of the configured BWPs is active. In FIG. 2A, a scenario in which three different BWPs are configured below is shown.

1: ํญ 40 MHz์™€ 15 kHz์˜ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” BWP1 (2a-11 ๋‚ด์ง€ 2a-19)1: BWP1 with a width of 40 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz (2a-11 to 2a-19)

2: ํญ 10MHz์™€ 15kHz์˜ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” BWP2 (2a-13 ๋‚ด์ง€ 2a-17)2: BWP2 (2a-13 to 2a-17) with a width of 10 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz

3: ํญ 20MHz์™€ 60kHz์˜ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” BWP3 (2a-15)3: BWP3 (2a-15) with a width of 20 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz

๋„ 2b๋Š” ํƒ์ƒ‰ ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์ œ์–ด ์ž์› ์…‹์˜ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 2B is a diagram illustrating an example of a search period and a control resource set.

*ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ BWP์—๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ SS๋“ค์ด ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ˜„์žฌ ํ™œ์„ฑํ™”๋œ BWP์˜ SS ์„ค์ •์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ PDCCH ํ›„๋ณด๋“ค์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ SS๋Š” SS ์‹๋ณ„์ž, ์—ฐ๊ด€๋œ CORESET์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” CORESET ์‹๋ณ„์ž, ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  ์Šฌ๋กฏ์˜ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์™€ ์˜คํ”„์…‹, ์Šฌ๋กฏ ๋‹จ์œ„ ์ง€์† ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„, ์Šฌ๋กฏ ๋‚ด ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  ์‹ฌ๋ณผ, SS ํƒ€์ž… ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ •๋ณด๋“ค์€ ๋ช…์‹œ์ ์ด๊ณ  ๊ฐœ๋ณ„์ ์œผ๋กœ ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค๋กœ ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. *A plurality of SSs can be set in one BWP. The UE monitors PDCCH candidates according to the SS configuration of the currently activated BWP. One SS consists of an SS identifier, a CORESET identifier indicating a related CORESET, a period and offset of a slot to be monitored, a duration in units of slots, a symbol to be monitored within a slot, and an SS type. The information may be explicitly and individually set, or may be set to a predetermined index related to predetermined values.

ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ CORESET์€ CORESET ์‹๋ณ„์ž, ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ ์ž์› ์ •๋ณด, ์‹ฌ๋ณผ ๋‹จ์œ„ ์ง€์† ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„, TCI ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. One CORESET consists of a CORESET identifier, frequency domain resource information, symbol-unit duration, and TCI state information.

๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ CORESET์€ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ ์ •๋ณด, SS๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  ํƒ€์ž„ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ์ดํ•ด๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Basically, it can be understood that CORESET provides frequency domain information to be monitored by the terminal, and SS provides time domain information to be monitored by the terminal.

IBWP์—๋Š” CORESET#0์™€ SS#0๊ฐ€ ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. IBWP์—๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ CORESET๊ณผ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ SS๊ฐ€ ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋กœ ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ MIB(2b-01)๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋ฉด MIB์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•ด์„œ SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ CORESET#0(2b-02)์™€ SS#0(2b-03)๋ฅผ ์ธ์ง€ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ CORESET#0(2b-02)์™€ SS#0(2b-03)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด SIB1(2b-05)๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์—๋Š” CORESET#0(2b-06)์™€ SS#0(2b-07)์„ ์„ค์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ CORESET, ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ CORESET#n(2b-11)๊ณผ SS#m(2b-13)์„ ์„ค์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ SIB1์—์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” CORESET๋“ค๊ณผ SS๋“ค์„ ์ด์šฉํ•ด์„œ SIB2 ์ˆ˜์‹ , ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ˆ˜์‹ , ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋“ฑ, ๋‹จ๋ง์ด RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋Œ์ž…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์ „ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. MIB์—์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” CORESET#0(2b-02)๊ณผ SIB1์—์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” CORESET#0(2b-06)๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ „์ž๋ฅผ ์ œ1 CORESET#0, ํ›„์ž๋ฅผ ์ œ1 CORESET#0๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. MIB์—์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” SS#0(2b-03)์™€ SIB1์—์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” SS#0(2b-07)๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ „์ž๋ฅผ ์ œ1 SS#0, ํ›„์ž๋ฅผ ์ œ2 SS#0๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์„ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” SS#0์™€ CORESET#0๋Š” ์ œ3 SS#0, ์ œ3 CORESET#0๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 SS#0, ์ œ2 SS#0, ์ œ3 SS#0๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 CORESET#0, ์ œ2 CORESET#0, ์ œ3 CORESET#0๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. SS#0์™€ CORESET#0๋Š” ๊ฐ ๊ฐ 4๋น„ํŠธ ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค๋กœ ์„ค์ •์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ 4๋น„ํŠธ ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค๋Š” ๊ทœ๊ฒฉ์— ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ์„ค์ •์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. SS#0์™€ CORESET#0๋ฅผ ์ œ์™ธํ•œ ๋‚˜๋จธ์ง€ SS์™€ CORSESET์˜ ์„ธ๋ถ€ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์€ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ ๊ฐœ๋ณ„์ ์ธ ์ •๋ณด ์š”์†Œ๋“ค๋กœ ์„ค์ •์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ๋‹ค. CORESET#0 and SS#0 can be set in IBWP. In IBWP, one CORESET and a plurality of SSs can be additionally set. When the terminal receives the MIB (2b-01), it recognizes CORESET#0 (2b-02) and SS#0 (2b-03) for receiving SIB1 using predetermined information included in the MIB. The terminal receives SIB1 (2b-05) through the CORESET#0 (2b-02) and SS#0 (2b-03). In SIB1, information for setting CORESET#0 (2b-06) and SS#0 (2b-07) and information for setting another CORESET, for example, CORESET#n (2b-11) and SS#m (2b-13) may be included. The terminal receives necessary information from the base station before entering the RRC connected state, such as SIB2 reception, paging reception, and random access response message reception, using the CORESETs and SSs configured in SIB1. CORESET#0 (2b-02) set in MIB and CORESET#0 (2b-06) set in SIB1 may be different from each other, and the former is referred to as first CORESET#0 and the latter as first CORESET#0. SS#0 (2b-03) set in MIB and SS#0 (2b-07) set in SIB1 may be different from each other, and the former is referred to as first SS#0 and the latter as second SS#0. SS#0 and CORESET#0 configured for the RedCap terminal are referred to as 3rd SS#0 and 3rd CORESET#0. The first SS#0, the second SS#0, and the third SS#0 may be identical to or different from each other. The first CORESET#0, the second CORESET#0, and the third CORESET#0 may be identical to or different from each other. SS#0 and CORESET#0 are instructed to set with a 4-bit index, respectively. The 4-bit index indicates a setting predetermined in the standard. Except for SS#0 and CORESET#0, the detailed configuration of SS and CORSESET is indicated by individual information elements.

RRC์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ์ถ”๊ฐ€์ ์ธ BWP๋“ค์ด ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. When the RRC connection is established, additional BWPs may be configured for the UE.

๋„ 3a๋Š” ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 3A is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

RedCap UE (3a-01), ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ(3a-03), AMF (3a-05)๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ์—์„œ RedCap UE๋Š” ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ  ์…€ ๊ธˆ์ง€ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ  ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ณ  ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์…€๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•ด์„œ ์ ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ  RRC ์ œ์–ด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In a network composed of RedCap UE (3a-01), base station (3a-03), and AMF (3a-05), RedCap UE receives system information, determines cell banning, performs cell reselection, monitors paging messages, Selects and applies cell common configuration information and transmits and receives RRC control messages.

3a-11 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š” ์…€ ์„ ํƒ ํ˜น์€ ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์ด ๊ด€์žฅํ•˜๋Š” ์†Œ์ •์˜ ์…€์— ์บ ํ”„์˜จ ํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap UE๋Š” ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ์šฐ์„  ์ˆœ์œ„ ๋“ฑ์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์šฐ์„  ์ˆœ์œ„๊ฐ€ ๋†’์€ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์…€๋“ค ์ค‘ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹ ํ˜ธ๊ฐ€ ์–‘ํ˜ธํ•œ ์…€์„ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3a-11, the RedCap UE camps on a predetermined cell managed by the base station by performing cell selection or cell reselection. The RedCap UE selects a cell with a good reception signal among cells having the highest frequency in consideration of cell reselection priorities.

3a-13 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š” ์„ ํƒํ•œ ์…€์—์„œ MIB๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3a-13, the RedCap UE receives the MIB from the selected cell.

MIB๋Š” ์ œ1 CORESET#0์˜ ์„ค์ •์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” 4๋น„ํŠธ ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค์ธ controlResourceSetZero์™€ ์ œ1 SS#0์˜ ์„ค์ •์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” 4๋น„ํŠธ ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค์ธ controlResourceSetZero๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 CORESET#0์™€ ์ œ1 SS#0์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋˜๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์˜์—ญ๊ณผ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ํŒจํ„ด์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. The MIB includes controlResourceSetZero, a 4-bit index indicating setting of the first CORESET#0, and controlResourceSetZero, a 4-bit index indicating setting of the first SS#0. The terminal receives SIB1 by applying the frequency domain and time pattern indicated by the first CORESET#0 and the first SS#0.

MIB๋Š” ์…€๊ธˆ์ง€์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” 1๋น„ํŠธ ์ •๋ณด์ธ cellBarred๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. cellBarred๋Š” barred์™€ notBarred ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ cellBarred๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ์…€ ๊ธˆ์ง€ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. The MIB includes cellBarred, which is 1-bit information indicating whether or not the cell is barred. cellBarred displays either barred or notBarred. The terminal uses cellBarred to determine whether to bar the cell.

MIB๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋‚ด ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜๋Š” 1๋น„ํŠธ ์ •๋ณด์ธ ์ œ1 intraFreqReselection์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 intraFreqReselection์€ Enumerated {allowed, notAllowed}๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. IFRI_MIB๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. The MIB includes first intraFreqReselection, which is 1-bit information for controlling intra-frequency cell reselection. The first intraFreqReselection is defined as Enumerated {allowed, notAllowed}. Also called IFRI_MIB.

3a-15 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š” SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap UE๋Š” ํš๋“ํ•œ SIB1์„ ์ €์žฅํ•œ๋‹ค.SIB1์€ ์„œ๋น™ ์…€์˜ ๊ณตํ†ต ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์ธ ServingCellConfigCommon๊ณผ ์ œ2 intraFreqReselection์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 intraFreqReselection์€ Enumerated {allowed, notAllowed}๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. IFRI_SIB๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3a-15, the RedCap UE receives SIB1. The RedCap UE stores the acquired SIB1. SIB1 includes ServingCellConfigCommon, which is common configuration information of a serving cell, and second intraFreqReselection. The second intraFreqReselection is defined as Enumerated {allowed, notAllowed}. Also called IFRI_SIB.

3a-16 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ RedCap UE๋Š” ServingCellConfigCommon์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋“ค์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค.In step 3a-16, the RedCap UE selects one of a plurality of common configuration information included in ServingCellConfigCommon.

*SIB1์˜ servingCellConfigCommon์€ ์•„๋ž˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. *SIB1's servingCellConfigCommon includes the following information.

DownlinkConfigCommonDownlinkConfigCommon ์„œ๋น™ ์…€์˜ ๊ณตํ†ต ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. frequencyInfoDL, initialDownlinkBWP, bcch-Config, pcch-Config ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. This is a common downlink configuration of the serving cell. It consists of subfields such as frequencyInfoDL, initialDownlinkBWP, bcch-Config, and pcch-Config. frequencyInfoDLfrequencyInfoDL ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด์˜ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜์ด๋‹ค. ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐด๋“œ ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ, SCS๋ณ„ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด ๋Œ€์—ญํญ(carrierBandwidth) ๋“ฑ์˜ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. This is a basic parameter of a downlink carrier. It consists of sub-fields such as frequency band list and carrier bandwidth for each SCS. initialDownlinkBWPinitialDownlinkBWP ์ œ2 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP์˜ ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. BWP, PDCCH-ConfigCommon, PDSCH-ConfigCommon ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 IBWP๋Š” MIB์˜ ์ œ1 CORESET#0์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์˜์—ญ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  MIB์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ์„œ๋ธŒ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด์ŠคํŽ˜์ด์‹ฑ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. ์ œ1 IBWP๋Š” MIB์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋˜๊ณ  SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” IBWP, ์ œ2 IBWP๋Š” SIB1์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋˜๊ณ  SIB2, ํŽ˜์ด์ง•, ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ๋“ฑ์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” IBWP์ด๋‹ค.This is the setting of the second downlink IBWP. It consists of sub-fields such as BWP, PDCCH-ConfigCommon, and PDSCH-ConfigCommon. The first IBWP has a frequency domain corresponding to the first CORESET#0 of the MIB and has a subcarrier spacing indicated in the MIB. The first IBWP is an IBWP indicated by MIB and receiving SIB1, and the second IBWP is an IBWP indicated by SIB1 and receiving SIB2, paging, random access response messages, and the like. BWPBWP BWP์˜ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ์„ค์ •ํ•˜๋Š” IE์ด๋‹ค. BWP์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ๊ณผ ์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” locationAndBandwidth, BWP์˜ SCS๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” subcarrierSpacing ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.It is an IE that sets the general parameters of BWP. It consists of sub-fields such as locationAndBandwidth, which indicates the bandwidth and location of BWP, and subcarrierSpacing, which indicates SCS of BWP. PDCCH-ConfigCommonPDCCH-ConfigCommon ์ด BWP์˜ ์…€ ํŠน์ • PDCCH ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜์ด๋‹ค. controlResourceSetZero, commonControlResourceSet, searchSpaceZero, commonSearchSpaceList, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, ra-SearchSpace ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. This is the BWP's cell specific PDCCH parameter. It consists of subfields such as controlResourceSetZero, commonControlResourceSet, searchSpaceZero, commonSearchSpaceList, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, and ra-SearchSpace. controlResourceSetZerocontrolResourceSetZero 0๊ณผ 15 ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ •์ˆ˜๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ CORESET#0 ์„ค์ •๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. MIB์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ controlResourceSetZero๋Š” ์ œ1 CORESET#0, SIB1์˜ servingCellConfigCommon์˜ PDCCH-ConfigCommon์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ controlResourceSetZero๋Š” ์ œ2 CORESET#0์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค. It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Displays one of the predefined CORESET#0 settings. ControlResourceSetZero included in MIB corresponds to first CORESET#0, and controlResourceSetZero included in PDCCH-ConfigCommon of servingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 corresponds to second CORESET#0. searchSpaceZerosearchSpaceZero 0๊ณผ 15 ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ •์ˆ˜๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ SS#0 ์„ค์ •๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. MIB์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ searchSpaceZero๋Š” ์ œ1 SS#0, SIB1์˜ servingCellConfigCommon์˜ PDCCH-ConfigCommon์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ controlResourceSetZero๋Š” ์ œ2 SS#0์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค.It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Indicates one of the predefined SS#0 settings. searchSpaceZero included in MIB corresponds to 1st SS#0, and controlResourceSetZero included in PDCCH-ConfigCommon of servingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 corresponds to 2nd SS#0. commonControlResourceSetcommonControlResourceSet ControlResourceSet IE๋กœ ์ •์˜๋˜๋Š” ๊ณต๋™ CORESET์ด๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ˆ˜์‹ , ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์ˆ˜์‹ , ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋“ฑ์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ถ”๊ฐ€์ ์ธ CORESET์„ ์ •์˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. It is a common CORESET defined by ControlResourceSet IE. Defines additional CORESETs that can be used for paging reception, random access response reception, system information reception, etc. commonSearchSpaceListcommonSearchSpaceList ๊ณต๋™ SS๋“ค์˜ ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ณต๋™ SS๋Š” ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ˆ˜์‹ , ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์ˆ˜์‹ , ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋“ฑ์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.This is a list of joint SSs. The common SS may be used for paging reception, random access response reception, system information reception, and the like. searchSpaceOtherSystemInformationsearchSpaceOtherSystemInformation SS ์‹๋ณ„์ž IE๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. 0์ด๋ฉด ์ œ2 SS#๋ฅผ, 0์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด commonSearchSpaceList์—์„œ ์ •์˜๋œ SS๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. The SS identifier is defined as IE. If it is 0, it indicates the second SS#, and if it is a value other than 0, it indicates one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList. pagingSearchSpacepagingSearchSpace SS ์‹๋ณ„์ž IE๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. 0์ด๋ฉด ์ œ2 SS#0์„, 0์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด commonSearchSpaceList์—์„œ ์ •์˜๋œ SS๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. The SS identifier is defined as IE. If it is 0, it indicates the second SS#0, and if it is a value other than 0, it indicates one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList. ra-SearchSpacera-SearchSpace SS ์‹๋ณ„์ž IE๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. 0์ด๋ฉด ์ œ2 SS#0์„, 0์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด commonSearchSpaceList์—์„œ ์ •์˜๋œ SS๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค.The SS identifier is defined as IE. If it is 0, the second SS#0 is displayed, and if it is a value other than 0, one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList is displayed. PDSCH-ConfigCommonPDSCH-ConfigCommon ์ด BWP์˜ ์…€ ํŠน์ • PDSCH ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋กœ pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ pdsch-TimeDomainAllocation๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ์ด๋‹ค.This BWP's cell-specific PDSCH parameters consist of pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList. The pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList is a list composed of a plurality of pdsch-TimeDomainAllocations. pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationpdsch-TimeDomainAllocation PDCCH์™€ PDSCH ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์˜์—ญ ๊ด€๊ณ„๋ฅผ ์„ค์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. K0์™€ startSymbolAndLength ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. K0๋Š” DCI์™€ ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋œ PDSCH ๊ฐ„์˜ ์Šฌ๋กฏ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์ด๋‹ค. startSymbolAndLength์€ ์œ ํšจํ•œ ์‹œ์ž‘ ์‹ฌ๋ณผ๊ณผ ๊ธธ์ด์˜ ์กฐํ•ฉ์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค์ด๋‹ค. Establish a time domain relationship between PDCCH and PDSCH. It consists of sub-fields such as K0 and startSymbolAndLength. K0 is the slot offset between DCI and scheduled PDSCH. startSymbolAndLength is an index indicating a valid start symbol and length combination. pcch-Configpcch-Config ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ฃผ๊ธฐ, PF์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜, PO์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.This is a setting related to paging. It consists of sub-fields such as base station paging cycle, PF-related parameters, and PO-related parameters. bcch-configbcch-config ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. modification period์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” modificationPeriodCoeff ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.This is a setting related to system information. It consists of sub-fields such as modificationPeriodCoeff indicating the length of the modification period. UplinkConfigCommonSIBUplinkConfigCommonSIB ์„œ๋น™ ์…€์˜ ๊ณตํ†ต ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. frequencyInfoUL, initialUplinkBWP, timeAlignmentTimerCommon ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.This is a common uplink configuration of the serving cell. It consists of subfields such as frequencyInfoUL, initialUplinkBWP, and timeAlignmentTimerCommon. frequencyInfoULfrequencyInfoUL ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด์˜ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜์ด๋‹ค. ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐด๋“œ ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ, SCS๋ณ„ ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด ๋Œ€์—ญํญ(carrierBandwidth) ๋“ฑ์˜ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.This is a basic parameter of an uplink carrier. It consists of sub-fields such as frequency band list and carrier bandwidth for each SCS. initialUplinkBWPinitialUplinkBWP ์ œ2 ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP์˜ ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. BWP, rach-ConfigCommon, pusch-ConfigCommon, pucch-ConfigCommon ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.This is the configuration of the second uplink IBWP. Consists of subfields such as BWP, rach-ConfigCommon, pusch-ConfigCommon, and pucch-ConfigCommon. rach-ConfigCommonrach-ConfigCommon ์ด BWP์˜ ์…€ ํŠน์ • ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋‹ค. prach-ConfigurationIndex, msg1-FrequencyStart, preambleReceivedTargetPower, ra-ResponseWindow, preambleTransMax, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, rsrp-ThresholdSSB, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.This is the BWP's cell specific random access parameter. It consists of subfields such as prach-ConfigurationIndex, msg1-FrequencyStart, preambleReceivedTargetPower, ra-ResponseWindow, preambleTransMax, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, rsrp-ThresholdSSB, and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer. prach-ConfigurationIndexprach-ConfigurationIndex PRACH ์„ค์ • ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ PRACH ์„ค์ •์€ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ ์ƒ์˜ PRACH ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐํšŒ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒจํ„ด ์ •๋ณด (์–ด๋А ๋ผ๋””์˜ค ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์˜ ์–ด๋А ์Šฌ๋กฏ์˜ ์–ด๋А ์‹ฌ๋ณผ์—์„œ PRACH ์ „์†ก์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ์ง€ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์ •๋ณด)์™€ Preamble์˜ ์ „์†ก ํฌ๋งท ๋“ฑ์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค.PRACH configuration index. One PRACH configuration corresponds to pattern information on PRACH transmission opportunities in the time domain (information indicating that PRACH transmission is possible in which symbol in which slot of which radio frame) and the transmission format of the preamble. msg1-FrequencyStartmsg1-FrequencyStart ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋‚ฎ์€ PRACH ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐํšŒ (occassion)์˜ PRB0๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ์˜ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์ด๋‹ค. ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ ์ƒ์˜ PRACH ์ „์†ก ์ž์›์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด์ด๋‹ค. PRB0๋Š” ํ•ด๋‹น ์บ๋ฆฌ์–ด์˜ PRB๋“ค ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋‚ฎ์€ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ PRB๋‹ค.It is an offset from PRB0 of the lowest PRACH transmission opportunity. This is information indicating PRACH transmission resources in the frequency domain. PRB0 is the lowest frequency PRB among PRBs of the corresponding carrier. preambleReceivedTargetPowerpreambleReceivedTargetPower ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ์˜ ํƒ€๊ฒŸ ํŒŒ์›Œ ๋ ˆ๋ฒจ์ด๋‹ค. ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์ ˆ์ฐจ ์ค‘ ์ „์†ก ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ œ์–ด์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜์ด๋‹ค.This is the target power level of the receiving end of the network. This is a parameter related to transmission power control during the random access procedure. ra-ResponseWindowra-ResponseWindow ์Šฌ๋กฏ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์œˆ๋„์šฐ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด์ด๋‹ค. This is the length of the random access response window expressed as the number of slots. preambleTransMaxpreambleTransMax ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์ „์†ก ํšŒ์ˆ˜์ด๋‹คThe maximum number of random access preamble transmissions msg1-SubcarrierSpacingmsg1-SubcarrierSpacing PRACH์˜ SCS๋‹ค. ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ๊ณตํ†ต์œผ๋กœ ์ ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. This is PRACH's SCS. Commonly applied to general terminals and RedCap terminals. rsrp-ThresholdSSBrsrp-ThresholdSSB SSB ์„ ํƒ ๊ธฐ์ค€์ด๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์„ ํƒ๋œ SSB์™€ ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์„ ์„ ํƒํ•ด์„œ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. This is the SSB selection criterion. The UE performs random access by selecting a preamble corresponding to the selected SSB. ra-ContentionResolutionTimerra-ContentionResolutionTimer ๊ฒฝ์Ÿ ํ•ด์†Œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ์˜ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค.This is the initial value of the contention resolution timer. Displays the number of subframes. pusch-ConfigCommonpush-ConfigCommon ์ด BWP์˜ ์…€ ํŠน์ • PUSCH ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋กœ pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ pusch-TimeDomainAllocation๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ์ด๋‹ค. This BWP's cell-specific PUSCH parameters consist of sub-fields such as push-TimeDomainAllocationList. The push-TimeDomainAllocationList is a list composed of a plurality of push-TimeDomainAllocations. pusch-TimeDomainAllocationpush-TimeDomainAllocation PDCCH์™€ PUSCH ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์˜์—ญ ๊ด€๊ณ„๋ฅผ ์„ค์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. K2์™€ startSymbolAndLength ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. K2๋Š” DCI์™€ ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋œ PUSCH ๊ฐ„์˜ ์Šฌ๋กฏ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์ด๋‹ค. startSymbolAndLength์€ ์‹œ์ž‘ ์‹ฌ๋ณผ๊ณผ ๊ธธ์ด์˜ ์œ ํšจํ•œ ์กฐํ•ฉ์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค์ด๋‹ค. Establish a time domain relationship between PDCCH and PUSCH. It consists of sub-fields such as K2 and startSymbolAndLength. K2 is the slot offset between DCI and scheduled PUSCH. startSymbolAndLength is an index representing a valid combination of start symbol and length. pucch-ConfigCommonpucch-ConfigCommon ์ด BWP์˜ ์…€ ํŠน์ • PUCCH ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋‹ค. pucch-ResourceCommon, p0-norminal ๋“ฑ์˜ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. This is the BWP's cell specific PUCCH parameter. It consists of sub-fields such as pucch-ResourceCommon and p0-norminal. pucch-ResourceCommonpucch-ResourceCommon ์…€ ํŠน์ • PUCCH resource์˜ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค๋Š” PUCCH ํฌ๋งท, PUCCH ์‹œ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„, PUCCH ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„, PUCCH ์ฝ”๋“œ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค.This is an index corresponding to a parameter of a cell-specific PUCCH resource. One index corresponds to a PUCCH format, a PUCCH time period, a PUCCH frequency period, a PUCCH code, and the like. p0-norminalp0-normal PUCCH ์ „์†ก ์‹œ ์ ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ํŒŒ์›Œ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์ด๋‹ค. -202์™€ 24 ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ 2์”ฉ ์ฆ๊ฐ€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ •์ˆ˜๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ์œ„๋Š” dBm์ด๋‹ค. This is a power offset applied during PUCCH transmission. It is defined as an integer between -202 and 24 in increments of 2. Unit is dBm. timeAlignmentTimerCommontimeAlignmentTimerCommon ๋‹จ๋ง์ด RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ์„ค๋ฆฝ ์ ˆ์ฐจ, RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ์žฌ์„ค๋ฆฝ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ ์‹œ ์ ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ํƒ€์ด๋จธ์ด๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ RAR์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋ฉด ํƒ€์ด๋จธ์˜ ๊ตฌ๋™์„ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ฒฝํ•ฉ ์‹คํŒจ ์‹œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ์˜ ๊ตฌ๋™์„ ์ค‘์ง€ํ•œ๋‹ค. This timer is applied when the terminal performs random access for the RRC connection establishment procedure and the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. When the UE receives the RAR, it starts driving the timer, and stops driving the timer when contention fails. tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommontdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon ์…€ ํŠน์ • TDD UL/DL ์„ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. referenceSubcarrierSpacing, pattern1, pattern2 ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. Cell specific TDD UL/DL configuration. It consists of subfields such as referenceSubcarrierSpacing, pattern1, and pattern2. referenceSubcarrierSpacingreferenceSubcarrierSpacing UL-DL ํŒจํ„ด์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์˜์—ญ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ SCS๋‹ค.This is the reference SCS used to determine the time domain boundary in the UL-DL pattern. pattern1, pattern2pattern1, pattern2 TDD ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ํŒจํ„ด. dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity, nrofDownlinkSlots, nrofDownlinkSymbols, nrofUplinkSlots, nrofUplinkSymbols๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ•„๋“œ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. TDD uplink downlink pattern. It consists of subfields such as dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity, nrofDownlinkSlots, nrofDownlinkSymbols, nrofUplinkSlots, and nrofUplinkSymbols. dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicitydl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity DL-UL ํŒจํ„ด์˜ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹ค. Indicates the period of the DL-UL pattern. nrofDownlinkSlotsnrofDownlinkSlots ๊ฐ DL-UL ํŒจํ„ด์—์„œ ์—ฐ์†์ ์ธ ํ’€ DL ์Šฌ๋กฏ์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹คIndicates the number of consecutive full DL slots in each DL-UL pattern nrofDownlinkSymbolsnrofDownlinkSymbols ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰ ํ’€ DL ์Šฌ๋กฏ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋Š” ์Šฌ๋กฏ์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘ ์‹œ์ ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ฐ์†์ ์ธ DL symbol์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹คIndicates the number of consecutive DL symbols from the start of the slot following the last full DL slot. nrofUplinkSlotsnrofUplinkSlots ๊ฐ DL-UL ํŒจํ„ด์—์„œ ์—ฐ์†์ ์ธ ํ’€ UL ์Šฌ๋กฏ์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹คIndicates the number of consecutive full UL slots in each DL-UL pattern nrofUplinkSymbolsnrofUplinkSymbols ์ฒซ๋ฒˆ์งธ ํ’€ UL ์Šฌ๋กฏ์„ ์•ž์„œ๋Š” ์Šฌ๋กฏ์˜ ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰ ์‹œ์ ์—์„œ ์—ฐ์†์ ์ธ UL symbol์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹คIndicates the number of consecutive UL symbols at the end of the slot preceding the first full UL slot.

ServingCellConfigCommon์€ ๋˜ํ•œ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์„ ์œ„ํ•ด ์•„๋ž˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ServingCellConfigCommon may also include the following information for RedCap terminals.

controlResourceSetZero_RedCapcontrolResourceSetZero_RedCap 0๊ณผ 15 ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ •์ˆ˜๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ CORESET#0 ์„ค์ •๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ3 CORESET#0์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค. It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Displays one of the predefined CORESET#0 settings. Corresponds to the third CORESET#0. searchSpaceZero_RedCapsearchSpaceZero_RedCap 0๊ณผ 15 ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ •์ˆ˜๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ SS#0 ์„ค์ •๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ3 SS#0์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค. It is defined as an integer between 0 and 15. Indicates one of the predefined SS#0 settings. Corresponds to the third SS#0. searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation _RedCapsearchSpaceOtherSystemInformation _RedCap SS ์‹๋ณ„์ž IE๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. 0์ด๋ฉด ์ œ3 SS#0์„, 0์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉด commonSearchSpaceList์—์„œ ์ •์˜๋œ SS๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. The SS identifier is defined as IE. If 0, the third SS#0 is displayed. If not 0, one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList is displayed. ra-SearchSpace_RedCapra-SearchSpace_RedCap SS ์‹๋ณ„์ž IE๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. 0์ด๋ฉด ์ œ3 SS#0์„, 0์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉด commonSearchSpaceList์—์„œ ์ •์˜๋œ SS๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. .The SS identifier is defined as IE. If 0, the third SS#0 is displayed. If not 0, one of the SSs defined in commonSearchSpaceList is displayed. . prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCapprach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ PRACH ์„ค์ • ์ธ๋ฑ์Šค. PRACH setting index for RedCap. msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCapmsg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋„๋ฉ”์ธ ์ƒ PRACH ์ „์†ก ์ž์› ์ •๋ณด PRACH transmission resource information on frequency domain for RedCap preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCappreambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ์˜ ํƒ€๊ฒŸ ํŒŒ์›Œ ๋ ˆ๋ฒจ. The target power level of the network receiver for RedCap. ra-ResponseWindow_RedCapra-ResponseWindow_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์œˆ๋„์šฐ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด. Length of random access response window for RedCap. preambleTransMax_RedCappreambleTransMax_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์ „์†ก ํšŒ์ˆ˜Random access preamble maximum number of transmissions for RedCap rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCaprsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ SSB ์„ ํƒ ๊ธฐ์ค€. SSB selection criteria for RedCap. ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCapra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap RedCap์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒฝ์Ÿ ํ•ด์†Œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ์˜ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ๊ฐ’. Initial value of contention resolution timer for RedCap. intraFreqReselection_RedCapintraFreqReselection_RedCap ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋†’์€ ์ˆœ์œ„์˜ ์…€์ด ๊ธˆ์ง€๋˜์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์˜์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋‚ด ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์ œ์–ด. 1๋น„ํŠธ ์ •๋ณด์ด๋ฉฐ Enumerated {Allowed, notAllowed}๋กœ ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. IFRI_SIB1์ด๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Control cell selection/reselection within frequency of RedCap terminal when the highest priority cell is banned. It is 1-bit information and is defined as Enumerated {Allowed, notAllowed}. Also called IFRI_SIB1.

IFRI_MIB๋Š” ์˜๋ฌด์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ •์˜๋˜๊ณ  IFRI_SIB1์€ ์„ ํƒ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Š” SIB1์˜ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ˜ธํ™˜์„ฑ์„ ๋ณด์žฅํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ์ด๋‹ค.๊ฐœ๋ณ„ IE ๋‹จ์œ„๋กœ RedCap UE๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ IE๋ฅผ ์ •์˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๋Œ€์‹ , IE ์ง‘ํ•ฉ ๋‹จ์œ„๋กœ RedCap UE ๊ด€๋ จ ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ์ •์˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๋„ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‹ค. IFRI_MIB is defined to be mandatory, and IFRI_SIB1 is defined to be optional. This is to ensure backward compatibility of SIB1. Instead of defining IEs for RedCap UEs in units of individual IEs, configuration information related to RedCap UEs in units of IE sets may be defined as follows.

SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์€ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์™€ ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 includes downlink IBWP configuration information and uplink IBWP configuration information.

ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ  ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋Š” RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์— ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. The downlink IBWP setting information includes physical downlink control channel common setting information and physical downlink control channel common setting information 2. The physical downlink control channel common setting information is used by the general terminal and the RedCap terminal, and the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 is used by the RedCap terminal. The RedCap terminal uses the physical downlink control channel common setting information when only the physical downlink control channel common setting information is included in the downlink IBWP setting information, and the physical downlink control channel common setting information and the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 If all are included, physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 is used.

๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋Š” controlResourceSetZero, commonControlResourceSet, searchSpaceZero, commonSearchSpaceList, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, ra-SearchSpace๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋Š” controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, commonControlResourceSet_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, commonSearchSpaceList_RedCap, ra-SearchSpace_RedCap์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. The physical downlink control channel common setting information includes controlResourceSetZero, commonControlResourceSet, searchSpaceZero, commonSearchSpaceList, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, and ra-SearchSpace. The physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 includes controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, commonControlResourceSet_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, commonSearchSpaceList_RedCap, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap.

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2์— controlResourceSetZero_RedCap๊ณผsearchSpaceZero_RedCap์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์˜ controlResourceSetZero์™€ searchSpaceZero๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ œ3 SS#0๋กœ ์ œ2 SS#0์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด ์…‹ ๋˜๊ณ  ์ œ3 CORESET#0๋กœ ์ œ2 CORESET#0์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด ์…‹ ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. If controlResourceSetZero_RedCap and searchSpaceZero_RedCap are not included in the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2, the RedCap terminal uses controlResourceSetZero and searchSpaceZero of the physical downlink control channel common setting information. That is, it is considered that the same value as the second SS#0 is set as the third SS#0 and the same value as the second CORESET#0 is set as the third CORESET#0.

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2์— controlResourceSetZero_RedCap๊ณผsearchSpaceZero_RedCap์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์— controlResourceSetZero์™€ searchSpaceZero์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, MIB์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ œ3 SS#0๋กœ ์ œ1 SS#0์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด ์…‹ ๋˜๊ณ  ์ œ3 CORESET#0๋กœ ์ œ1 CORESET#0์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด ์…‹ ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. When controlResourceSetZero_RedCap and searchSpaceZero_RedCap are not included in the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 and controlResourceSetZero and searchSpaceZero are not included in the physical downlink control channel common setting information, the RedCap terminal uses the values indicated in the MIB. That is, it is considered that the same value as the first SS#0 is set as the third SS#0 and the same value as the first CORESET#0 is set as the third CORESET#0.

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2์— ra-SearchSpace_RedCap๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์˜ ra-SearchSpace๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰ ra-SearchSpace_RedCap์œผ๋กœ ra-SearchSpace์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด ์…‹ ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ3 SS#0์™€ ์ œ3 CORESET#0๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค.The RedCap terminal uses ra-SearchSpace of the physical downlink control channel common setting information if ra-SearchSpace_RedCap is not included in the physical downlink control channel common setting information 2. That is, it is considered that the same value as ra-SearchSpace is set as ra-SearchSpace_RedCap. The RedCap terminal performs a random access procedure by applying the third SS#0 and the third CORESET#0.

์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ  ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋Š” RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์— ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค.The uplink IBWP setting information includes physical uplink control channel common setting information and physical uplink control channel common setting information 2. The physical uplink control channel common setting information is used by the general terminal and the RedCap terminal, and the physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is used by the RedCap terminal. The RedCap terminal uses the physical uplink control channel common setting information when only the physical uplink control channel common setting information is included in the uplink IBWP setting information, and the physical uplink control channel common setting information and the physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 If all are included, physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is used.

๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋Š” RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋Š” pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋Š” pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList_RedCap๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค.The physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is used by the RedCap terminal. The physical uplink control channel common setting information includes push-TimeDomainAllocationList. Physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 includes push-TimeDomainAllocationList_RedCap.

์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ  ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€2๋Š” RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์— ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ , ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์™€ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด 2๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค.The uplink IBWP configuration information includes random access channel common configuration information and random access channel common configuration information 2. The random access channel common setting information is used by the general terminal and the RedCap terminal, and the random access channel common setting information and 2 are used by the RedCap terminal. The RedCap terminal uses the random access channel common setting information if only the random access channel common setting information is included in the uplink IBWP setting information, and if both the random access channel common setting information and the random access channel common setting information 2 are included, the random access channel common setting information Use configuration information 2.

๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋Š” prach-ConfigurationIndex, msg1-FrequencyStart, preambleReceivedTargetPower, ra-ResponseWindow, preambleTransMax, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, rsrp-ThresholdSSB, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๋Š” prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap, preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap, ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap, preambleTransMax_RedCap, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ msg1-SubcarrierSpacing๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง ๋ชจ๋‘์—๊ฒŒ ์ ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋งํ•ด์„œ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ msg1 ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ด€๋ จ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•จ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์ •๋ณด2์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ msg1-FrequencyStart์™€ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์ •๋ณด์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ msg1-SubcarrierSpacing์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. Random access channel common configuration information includes prach-ConfigurationIndex, msg1-FrequencyStart, preambleReceivedTargetPower, ra-ResponseWindow, preambleTransMax, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, rsrp-ThresholdSSB, and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer. Random access channel common configuration information 2 includes prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap, preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap, ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap, preambleTransMax_RedCap, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap, and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap. msg1-SubcarrierSpacing included in the random access channel common configuration information is applied to both general terminals and RedCap terminals. In other words, in applying msg1 frequency related information, the RedCap terminal applies msg1-FrequencyStart included in random access channel common information 2 and msg1-SubcarrierSpacing included in random access channel common information.

RedCap UE๋Š” ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap, preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap, ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap, preambleTransMax_RedCap, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing_RedCap, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์˜ prach-ConfigurationIndex์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, msg1-FrequencyStart์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, preambleReceivedTargetPower์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, ra-ResponseWindow์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, preambleTransMax์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, rsrp-ThresholdSSB๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. The RedCap UE uses prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap, preambleReceivedTargetPower_RedCap, ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap, preambleTransMax_RedCap, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing_RedCap, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap, ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap if random access channel common setting information 2 does not include prach of random access channel common setting information. - Same value as ConfigurationIndex, same value as msg1-FrequencyStart, same value as preambleReceivedTargetPower, same value as ra-ResponseWindow, same value as preambleTransMax, same value as msg1-SubcarrierSpacing, same value as rsrp-ThresholdSSB, same value as ra-ContentionResolutionTimer use each.

๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ, SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์— ์ œ1 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด, ์ œ1 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด, ์ œ2 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด, ์ œ2 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด, tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์™€ ์ œ1 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด, ์ œ2 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์™€ ์ œ2 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” RedCap UE๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋‹ค. tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ๊ณตํ†ต์œผ๋กœ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋‹ค.Alternatively, the ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1 includes first downlink IBWP configuration information, first uplink IBWP configuration information, second downlink IBWP configuration information, second uplink IBWP configuration information, and tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon do. The first downlink IBWP configuration information and the first uplink IBWP configuration information are information for a terminal with general performance, and the second downlink IBWP configuration information and the second uplink IBWP configuration information are information for a RedCap UE. tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is information commonly applied to a terminal of general performance and a terminal of RedCap.

์ œ1 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” pucch-ConfigCommon๊ณผ timeAlignmentTimerCommon๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๋Š” pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. pucch-ConfigCommon์€ ์ œ1 pucch-ResourceCommon๊ณผ ์ œ1 p0-norminal์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap์€ ์ œ2 pucch-ResourceCommon๊ณผ ์ œ2 p0-norminal์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. pucch-ConfigCommon์€ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋‹ค. pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap์€ RedCap UE๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋‹ค. timeAlignmentTimerCommon์€ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ RedCap UE์—๊ฒŒ ๊ณตํ†ต์œผ๋กœ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋‹ค. The first uplink IBWP configuration information includes pucch-ConfigCommon and timeAlignmentTimerCommon. The second uplink IBWP configuration information may include pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap. pucch-ConfigCommon may include a first pucch-ResourceCommon and a first p0-norminal. pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap may include a second pucch-ResourceCommon and a second p0-norminal. pucch-ConfigCommon is information for general performance terminals. pucch-ConfigCommon_RedCap is information for RedCap UE. timeAlignmentTimerCommon is information commonly applied to general performance UEs and RedCap UEs.

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๊ณ  RAR์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋ฉด timeAlignmentTimerCommon์„ ๊ฐœ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ Msg 4๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋ฉด ์†Œ์ •์˜ pucch-ResourceCommon๊ณผ ์†Œ์ •์˜ p0-norminal์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ HARQ ACK์„ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. The RedCap terminal transmits the preamble and initiates timeAlignmentTimerCommon upon receiving the RAR. Upon receiving Msg 4, the UE transmits HARQ ACK by applying a predetermined pucch-ResourceCommon and a predetermined p0-norminal.

์ œ2 pucch-ResourceCommon๊ณผ ์ œ1 pucch-ResourceCommon์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ์ œ2 pucch-ResourceCommon์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ HARQ ACK์„ ์ „์†กํ•  ์‹œ๊ฐ„/์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜/์ฝ”๋“œ ์ž์›์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 pucch-ResourceCommon๋งŒ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ์ œ1 pucch-ResourceCommon์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ HARQ ACK์„ ์ „์†กํ•  ์‹œ๊ฐ„/์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜/์ฝ”๋“œ ์ž์›์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If both the 2nd pucch-ResourceCommon and the 1st pucch-ResourceCommon exist, the time/frequency/code resource to transmit the HARQ ACK is determined by applying the 2nd pucch-ResourceCommon. If only the first pucch-ResourceCommon exists, time/frequency/code resources for transmitting HARQ ACK are determined by applying the first pucch-ResourceCommon.

์ œ2 p0-norminal๊ณผ ์ œ1 p0-norminal์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ์ œ2 p0-norminal์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ HARQ ACK์— ์ ์šฉํ•  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 p0-norminal๋งŒ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ์ œ1 p0-norminal์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ HARQ ACK์— ์ ์šฉํ•  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 p0-norminal๊ณผ 01 p0-norminal ๋ชจ๋‘ ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ HARQ ACK์— ์ ์šฉํ•  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์˜คํ”„์…‹์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด 2 dBm์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. If both the second p0-normal and the first p0-normal exist, the power offset to be applied to the HARQ ACK is determined by applying the second p0-normal. If only the first p0-norminal exists, the power offset to be applied to the HARQ ACK is determined by applying the first p0-norminal. If neither the second p0-norminal nor the 01 p0-norminal exists, a predetermined value is applied to determine a power offset to be applied to the HARQ ACK. The predetermined value may be, for example, 2 dBm.

3a-17 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š”, MIB์™€ SIB1์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์„œ, ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์ด ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€์ธ์ง€ ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ ์…€์ธ์ง€ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค.In step 3a-17, the RedCap UE determines whether the current cell is a forbidden cell or an allowed cell, considering MIB and SIB1.

์…€ ๊ธˆ์ง€ ๊ด€๋ จ, RedCap UE๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด ํ˜„์ œ ์…€์ด ๊ธˆ์ง€๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์•„๋ž˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด๋“ค์€ RedCap UE๊ฐ€ ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์—์„œ ์ œ๋Œ€๋กœ ๋™์ž‘ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋งŒ ์…€์— ์บ ํ”„ ์˜จ ํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ •์˜๋œ๋‹ค. Regarding cell barring, the RedCap UE determines that the current cell is not barred if all of the following conditions are satisfied. The following conditions are defined to camp on a cell only when the RedCap UE can operate properly in the corresponding cell.

<์…€ ํ—ˆ์šฉ ์กฐ๊ฑด><Conditions for cell acceptance>

0: ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ MIB์˜ cellBarred๊ฐ€ notBarred๋กœ ์…‹ ๋˜์–ด์žˆ๋‹ค. 0: cellBarred of the received MIB is set to notBarred.

1: ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ SIB1์— IFRI_SIB1์ด ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค (ํ˜น์€ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค). IFRI_SIB1์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€, ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์ด RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ์…€์ž„์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋ฉฐ, IFRI_SIB1์ด ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์ด RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•œ ์…€์ž„์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. 1: IFRI_SIB1 exists (or is included) in the received SIB1. The absence of IFRI_SIB1 means that the corresponding cell is a cell that does not consider the operation of the RedCap terminal, and the existence of IFRI_SIB1 means that the corresponding cell is a cell that considers the operation of the RedCap terminal.

2: ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์ด TDD ๋ผ๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ SIB1์˜ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ frequencyBandList์— ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐด๋“œ๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ํ˜น์€ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ด์ƒ์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์ด FDD ๋ผ๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ SIB1์˜ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ frequencyBandList์— ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐด๋“œ๋“ค ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ํ˜น์€ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ด์ƒ์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฐด๋“œ๋“ค์ด ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ „์šฉ ๋ฐด๋“œ๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.2: If the current cell is TDD, supports one or more than one of the downlink frequency bands indicated in the downlink frequencyBandList of SIB1 received by the UE, or if the current cell is FDD, the uplink indicated in the uplink frequencyBandList of SIB1 received by the UE It supports one or more than one of the frequency bands, and the bands are not downlink-only bands.

3: ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์ „์†กํญ์˜ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ฑ„๋„ ์ „์†กํญ์ด ์•„๋ž˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ์ถฉ์กฑํ•œ๋‹ค. 3: The transmission width of the uplink channel of the maximum transmission width of the terminal satisfies the following conditions.

SIB1์— ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ carrierBandwidth๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™๊ณ  ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์ŒLess than or equal to the uplink carrierBandwidth indicated in SIB1 and greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the uplink IBWP

4: ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์ „์†กํญ์˜ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์ฑ„๋„ ์ „์†กํญ์ด ์•„๋ž˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ์ถฉ์กฑํ•œ๋‹ค.4: The downlink channel transmission width of the maximum transmission width of the terminal satisfies the following conditions.

SIB1์— ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ carrierBandwidth๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™๊ณ  ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ IBWP์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์ŒLess than or equal to the downlink carrierBandwidth indicated in SIB1 and greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the downlink IBWP

5: SIB1์˜ trackingAreaCode๊ฐ€ selected PLMN ํ˜น์€ registered PLMN ํ˜น์€ equivalent PLMN list์— ์†ํ•˜๋Š” PLMN์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด์„œ ์ œ๊ณต๋œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, SIB1์— trackingAreaCode x๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ  ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ registered PLMN๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ trackingAreaCode๋„ x์ด๋ฉด 5๋ฒˆ ์กฐ๊ฑด์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋œ๋‹ค. PLMN๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ trackingAreaCode๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ์˜ ๋“ฑ๋ก ๊ณผ์ • ์ค‘ AMF๊ฐ€ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค.5: The trackingAreaCode of SIB1 is provided for a PLMN belonging to the selected PLMN or registered PLMN or equivalent PLMN list. For example, if trackingAreaCode x is included in SIB1 and the trackingAreaCode related to the registered PLMN of the terminal is also x, condition 5 is satisfied. The PLMN-related trackingAreaCode is provided to the UE by the AMF during the registration process with the UE.

ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์ด ๊ธˆ์ง€๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ RedCap UE๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. The RedCap UE, which determines that the current cell is not banned, performs the following operation.

<๊ธˆ์ง€๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์…€์—์„œ SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ํ›„ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋™์ž‘><Operation of UE after receiving SIB1 in non-inhibited cell>

1: servingCellConfigCommon์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์„ค์ •์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค ๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ TDD-UL-DL ์„ค์ •์„ ์ ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์Šฌ๋กฏ, ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์Šฌ๋กฏ, ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์‹ฌ๋ณผ, ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ์‹ฌ๋ณผ์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ PDSCH ๊ณตํ†ต ์„ค์ • ์ค‘ ์„ ํƒ๋œ PDSCH ์„ค์ •์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ PDSCH๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ PUSCH ๊ณตํ†ต ์„ค์ • ์ค‘ ์„ ํƒ๋œ PUSCH ์„ค์ •์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ PUSCH๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. 1: Apply the settings included in servingCellConfigCommon. More specifically, the UE determines the downlink slot, uplink slot, downlink symbol, and uplink symbol by applying the TDD-UL-DL configuration, and selects one of the plurality of PDSCH common settings. The PDSCH is received by applying the PDSCH configuration, and the PUSCH is transmitted by applying the selected PUSCH configuration among a plurality of common PUSCH configurations.

2: ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ PCCH configuration์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ PCCH configuration์€, SDAP ๋ฏธ์‚ฌ์šฉ, PDCP ๋ฏธ์‚ฌ์šฉ, RLC TM ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ด๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ PCCH configuration์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. 2: Apply predefined PCCH configuration. The predefined PCCH configuration is non-use of SDAP, non-use of PDCP, and use of RLC TM. A paging message is received by applying the PCCH configuration.

3: ์œ ํšจํ•œ SIB์„ ์ €์žฅํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ €์žฅ๋œ SIB์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ , ์œ ํšจํ•œ SIB์„ ์ €์žฅํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์ง€ ์•Š๋‹ค๋ฉด ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€(System Information message, SI message)๋ฅผ ํš๋“ํ•œ๋‹ค3: If a valid SIB is stored, the stored SIB is used. If a valid SIB is not stored, a related System Information message (SI message) is obtained.

๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋˜ํ•œ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์…€์—์„œ ํ›„์† ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด, ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด SIB2, SIB3, SIB4 ๋“ฑ์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB2๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋‚ด ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB3๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋‚ด ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB4๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ„ ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋“ค์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. The UE also receives subsequent system information, eg SIB2, SIB3, SIB4, etc., in the uninhibited cell. SIB2 contains parameters for intra-frequency cell reselection. SIB3 contains other parameters for intra-frequency cell reselection. SIB4 includes parameters for inter-frequency cell reselection.

๋ฌด์„  ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„ ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ• ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In a wireless communication system, a terminal method includes receiving a first message including a first field and a second field from an access mobility function, receiving a second message including a third field from a base station, and default paging from the base station. Receiving system information including a parameter indicating a cycle, determining a reference discontinuous reception cycle, determining a paging frame based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle, and monitoring a paging opportunity in the paging frame. can include

RedCap UE๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜ ํ‘œ์— ๋‚˜์—ด๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์— ํ˜„์žฌ ์„œ๋น™ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒํ™ฉ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์ ˆํ•œ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค.The RedCap UE considers the current serving cell as a forbidden cell in the cases listed in the table below and performs an appropriate action depending on the situation.

์ผ€์ด์Šคcase ์ƒํ™ฉsituation ๋‹จ๋ง ๋™์ž‘terminal operation 1One MIB ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹คํŒจFailed to receive MIB ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์˜ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
IFRI_MIB์™€ IFRI_SIB1์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ allowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.
The current cell is regarded as a forbidden cell. The current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection for 300 seconds.
Consider that both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1 are allowed. That is, neighboring cells of a corresponding frequency may be included in cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
22 cellBarred๊ฐ€ notBarred๋กœ ์…‹ ๋œ MIB ์ˆ˜์‹  ์„ฑ๊ณต. SIB1 ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹คํŒจSuccessfully received MIB with cellBarred set to notBarred. SIB1 receive failure ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.
300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์˜ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_MIB๊ฐ€ allowed์ด๋ฉด IFRI_SIB1์ด allowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_MIB๊ฐ€ NotAllowed์ด๋ฉด IFRI_SIB1๋„ NotAllowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์— ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค
The current cell is considered a forbidden cell.
For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
If the received IFRI_MIB is allowed, it is considered that IFRI_SIB1 is allowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency may be included in cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
If the received IFRI_MIB is NotAllowed, IFRI_SIB1 is also regarded as NotAllowed and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
33 cellBarred๊ฐ€ Barred๋กœ ์…‹ ๋œ MIB ์ˆ˜์‹  ์„ฑ๊ณต.Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to Barred. ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.
300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์˜ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_MIB๊ฐ€ allowed์ด๋ฉด IFRI_SIB1์ด allowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_MIB๊ฐ€ NotAllowed์ด๋ฉด IFRI_SIB1๋„ NotAllowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์— ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค..
์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.
RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ IFRI_MIB๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋Š” ๋Œ€์‹  SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB1์˜ ๊ฐ’์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚ค๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.
The current cell is considered a forbidden cell.
For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
If the received IFRI_MIB is allowed, it is considered that IFRI_SIB1 is allowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency may be included in cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
If the received IFRI_MIB is NotAllowed, IFRI_SIB1 is also regarded as NotAllowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
A normal terminal does not receive SIB1.
The RedCap terminal may receive SIB1 instead of referring to IFRI_MIB, and may exclude or include neighboring cells of a corresponding frequency from cell selection/cell reselection candidates according to the value of the received IFRI_SIB1.
44 cellBarred๊ฐ€ notBarred๋กœ ์…‹ ๋œ MIB ์ˆ˜์‹  ์„ฑ๊ณต.IFRI_SIB1์ด ๋ถ€์žฌํ•œ SIB1 ์ˆ˜์‹  Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to notBarred. Received SIB1 without IFRI_SIB1 ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.
300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์˜ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_MIB์˜ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋ฌด๊ด€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ IFRI_SIB1์ด NotAllowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.
The current cell is considered a forbidden cell.
For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
Regardless of the received IFRI_MIB value, IFRI_SIB1 may be regarded as NotAllowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency may be excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
55 cellBarred๊ฐ€ notBarred๋กœ ์…‹๋œ MIB ์ˆ˜์‹  ์„ฑ๊ณต.IFRI_SIB1์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” SIB1 ์ˆ˜์‹ 
IBWP์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญํญ์ด ์ ๋‹ค.
Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to notBarred. Received SIB1 with IFRI_SIB1
The bandwidth supported by the terminal is smaller than the bandwidth of the IBWP.
ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.
300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์˜ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB์˜ ๊ฐ’์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ค๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
The current cell is considered a forbidden cell.
For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
Depending on the received IFRI_SIB value, neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are included or excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.
66 cellBarred๊ฐ€ notBarred๋กœ ์…‹๋œ MIB ์ˆ˜์‹  ์„ฑ๊ณต.IFRI_SIB1์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” SIB1 ์ˆ˜์‹ 
IBWP์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญํญ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญํญ์ด ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.
SIB1์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ TrackingAreaCode์™€ ๋งค์น˜๋˜๋Š” TrackingAreaCode๊ฐ€ ์—†๋‹ค.
Successfully received MIB with cellBarred set to notBarred. Received SIB1 with IFRI_SIB1
The bandwidth supported by the terminal is greater than or equal to the bandwidth of the IBWP.
There is no TrackingAreaCode that matches the TrackingAreaCode received from SIB1.
ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.
300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์˜ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI๋“ค์˜ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋ฌด๊ด€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ IFRI_MIB์™€ IFRI_SIB1์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ NotAllowed ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.
The current cell is considered a forbidden cell.
For 300 seconds, the current cell is excluded from candidates for cell selection/cell reselection.
Regardless of the values of the received IFRIs, both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1 are considered to be NotAllowed, and neighboring cells of the corresponding frequency are excluded from cell selection/cell reselection candidates.

RedCap UE๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋™์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š” ์ด์œ ๋Š”, RedCap ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ์…€์— ์บ ํ”„ ์˜จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์…€๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ ์ ˆํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ์ด๋‹ค. ์ผ€์ด์Šค 1์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•  IFRI๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ๋‘ IFRI๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๋‘ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด ๋‘” ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ€์ •ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋™์ž‘ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค 2์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ IFRI_SIB1์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹ ์— ์‹คํŒจํ–ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, IFRI_MIB๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ๋Š” IFRI_MIB์™€ IFRI_SIB1์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ IFRI ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์ฃผ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋งค๊ฐœ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์„œ ์•„๋ž˜ ํ‘œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋‚ด์žฌ์„ ํƒ ํ—ˆ์šฉ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. The reason why the RedCap UE operates as described above is to prevent camping on a cell that does not support the RedCap function and to appropriately control cell reselection for cells having the same frequency. As in Case 1, if there is no IFRI to be referred to, operation can be performed assuming that both IFRIs are predetermined values. Alternatively, if reception of IFRI_SIB1 fails as in case 2, IFRI_MIB can be referred to. RedCap terminals may be given two IFRI parameters, IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1. The RedCap terminal considers two parameters and determines whether to allow frequency endoselection as shown in the table below.

IFRI_MIBIFRI_MIB IFRI_SIB1IFRI_SIB1 RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง ๋™์ž‘RedCap terminal operation ๋…ธํŠธnote ์ˆ˜์‹ ์‹คํŒจreception failed ์ˆ˜์‹ ์‹คํŒจreception failed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ Allowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed AllowedAllowed ์ˆ˜์‹ ์‹คํŒจreception failed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ Allowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed IFRI_SIB1์„ IFRI_MIB๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผIFRI_SIB1 is considered the same value as IFRI_MIB AllowedAllowed Not PresentNot Present IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ NotAllowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์—์„œ๋Š” RedCap์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จIt is judged that RedCap is not supported in that frequency AllowedAllowed AllowedAllowed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ Allowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์ ์šฉApply the received IFRI_SIB1 as it is AllowedAllowed NotAllowedNotAllowed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ NotAllowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผ.Consider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed. ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์ ์šฉApply the received IFRI_SIB1 as it is NotAllowedNotAllowed ์ˆ˜์‹ ์‹คํŒจreception failed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ NotAllowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed IFRI_SIB1์„ IFRI_MIB๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผIFRI_SIB1 is considered the same value as IFRI_MIB NotAllowedNotAllowed Not PresentNot Present IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ NotAllowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed ํ•ด๋‹น ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์—์„œ๋Š” RedCap์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จIt is judged that RedCap is not supported in that frequency NotAllowedNotAllowed AllowedAllowed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ Allowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as Allowed ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์ ์šฉApply the received IFRI_SIB1 as it is NotAllowedNotAllowed NotAllowedNotAllowed IFRI_SIB1๋ฅผ NotAllowed๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผConsider IFRI_SIB1 as NotAllowed ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์ ์šฉApply the received IFRI_SIB1 as it is

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ IFRI_MIB์™€ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ IFRI_SIB1์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค.When the RedCap terminal receives both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1, it applies the received IFRI_SIB1.

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ IFRI_MIB์™€ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋ฉด, IFRI_SIB1์ด Allowed์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค.If the RedCap terminal does not receive both IFRI_MIB and IFRI_SIB1, it considers that IFRI_SIB1 is Allowed.

RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ IFRI_MIB์€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์˜€์ง€๋งŒ IFRI_SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋ฉด, SIB1์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹ ์— ์‹คํŒจํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ธ์ง€ SIB1์— IFRI_SIB1์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์ธ์ง€ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„ํ•ด์„œ IFRI_SIB1์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹ ์— ์‹คํŒจํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ผ๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์€ IFRI_SIB1์ด IFRI_MIB์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์˜€์ง€๋งŒ IFRI_SIB1์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ผ๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์€ IFRI_SIB1์ด ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’ (์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด notAllowed)์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Š” ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ง€์—ญ์˜ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์…€๋“ค์€ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์ •๋  ๊ฐ€๋Šฅ์„ฑ์ด ๋†’์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ํ˜„์žฌ ์…€์—์„œ IFRI_SIB1์ด ์ œ๊ณต๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค๋ฉด ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์…€์—์„œ๋„ IFRI_SIB1์ด ์ œ๊ณต๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅ์„ฑ์ด ๋†’๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์ด ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ SIB1์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์˜€์ง€๋งŒ IFRI_SIB1์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, IFRI_SIB1์„ Allowed์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•˜๋„๋ก ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์„ค์ •ํ•ด๋‘์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, IFRI_SIB1์„ Allowed์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•œ๋‹ค. If the RedCap terminal receives IFRI_MIB but does not receive IFRI_SIB1, it determines IFRI_SIB1 by discriminating whether the reception of SIB1 has failed or IFRI_SIB1 is not included in SIB1. If reception of SIB1 fails, the UE considers IFRI_SIB1 to be the same as IFRI_MIB. If SIB1 is received but IFRI_SIB1 is not included, the UE considers that IFRI_SIB1 is a predetermined value (eg notAllowed). This is because cells of the same frequency in the same region are highly likely to be configured identically, so if IFRI_SIB1 is not provided in the current cell, there is a high possibility that IFRI_SIB1 is not provided in other cells. Alternatively, if the base station receives SIB1 from the terminal but does not include IFRI_SIB1, if IFRI_SIB1 is previously set to be regarded as Allowed, IFRI_SIB1 is regarded as Allowed.

MIB ์ˆ˜์‹ ์— ์‹คํŒจํ•˜๋ฉด IFRI_MIB๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•œ๋‹ค.If MIB reception fails, IFRI_MIB cannot be received.

IFRI_SIB1์ด Allowed์ด๋ฉด RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์…€๋“ค์„, ์…€์žฌ์„ ํƒ ์กฐ๊ฑด์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด, ์„ ํƒํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์žฌ์„ ํƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.If IFRI_SIB1 is Allowed, the RedCap terminal may select or reselect other cells of the same frequency as the prohibited cell if the cell reselection condition is satisfied.

IFRI_SIB1์ด NotAllowed์ด๋ฉด 300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์…€๋“ค์„ ์„ ํƒํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์žฌ์„ ํƒํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์…€ ์„ ํƒ/์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ›„๋ณด์—์„œ ์ œ์™ธ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค. If IFRI_SIB1 is NotAllowed, the RedCap terminal does not select or reselect other cells of the same frequency as the forbidden cell for 300 seconds and excludes them from candidates for cell selection/reselection.

IFRI_SIB1์ด NotAllowed์ด๋ฉด RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ 300์ดˆ ๋™์•ˆ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€์˜ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ์…€์žฌ์„ ํƒ์šฐ์„ ์ˆœ์œ„(Cell Reselection Priority)๋ฅผ ์ตœํ•˜์œ„ ์šฐ์„ ์ˆœ์œ„๋กœ ์…‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๊ธˆ์ง€๋œ ์…€์˜ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ์ œ์™ธํ•œ ๋‚˜๋จธ์ง€ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋“ค์„ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ด ๋•Œ RedCap ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 NR์…€์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ NR์…€์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด์—์„œ ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ์…€์žฌ์„ ํƒ์šฐ์„ ์ˆœ์œ„๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ์…€ ์žฌ์„ ํƒ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค.If IFRI_SIB1 is NotAllowed, the RedCap terminal sets the Cell Reselection Priority of the frequency of the forbidden cell to the lowest priority for 300 seconds. The RedCap terminal performs cell reselection for frequencies other than the forbidden cell frequencies. At this time, the RedCap terminal performs cell reselection by applying the cell reselection priority indicated in the system information received from the NR cell other than the first NR cell.

๊ธˆ์ง€๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์…€์— ์บ ํ”„ ์˜จํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ค€๋น„๋ฅผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ServingCellConfigCommon์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•œ๋‹ค. A UE camped on an uninhibited cell prepares to perform random access in order to perform a necessary procedure. The terminal refers to the received ServingCellConfigCommon.

3a-21 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์„ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3a-21, the RedCap UE transmits a preamble to the base station.

RedCap UE๋Š” rach-ConfigCommon์—(ํ˜น์€ ServingCellConfigCommon์—) prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap๊ณผ prach-ConfigurationIndex์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด, prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ „์†ก์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ผ๋””์˜ค ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„, ์Šฌ๋กฏ, ์‹ฌ๋ณผ๊ณผ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ํฌ๋งท์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap UE๋Š” rach-ConfigCommon์—(ํ˜น์€ ServingCellConfigCommon์—) prach-ConfigurationIndex๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด, prach-ConfigurationIndex๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ „์†ก์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ผ๋””์˜ค ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„, ์Šฌ๋กฏ, ์‹ฌ๋ณผ๊ณผ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ํฌ๋งท์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If both prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap and prach-ConfigurationIndex are included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon), the RedCap UE applies prach-ConfigurationIndex_RedCap to determine radio frames, subframes, slots, symbols and preamble formats that can transmit the preamble. . If only prach-ConfigurationIndex is included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon), the RedCap UE applies prach-ConfigurationIndex to determine radio frames, subframes, slots, symbols and preamble formats that can transmit preambles.

RedCap UE๋Š” rach-ConfigCommon์—(ํ˜น์€ ServingCellConfigCommon์—) msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap๊ณผ msg1-FrequencyStart ์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด, msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ „์†ก์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์˜์—ญ์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap UE๋Š” rach-ConfigCommon(ํ˜น์€ ServingCellConfigCommon์—)์— msg1-FrequencyStart๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด, msg1-FrequencyStart๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ „์†ก์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์˜์—ญ์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. When both msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap and msg1-FrequencyStart are included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon), the RedCap UE applies msg1-FrequencyStart_RedCap to determine a frequency domain in which preamble transmission is possible. If only msg1-FrequencyStart is included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon), the RedCap UE applies msg1-FrequencyStart to determine a frequency domain in which preamble transmission is possible.

RedCap UE๋Š” rach-ConfigCommon(ํ˜น์€ ServingCellConfigCommon์—)์— rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap๊ณผ rsrp-ThresholdSSB์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด, rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ SSB๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค. RedCap UE๋Š” rach-ConfigCommon์—(ํ˜น์€ ServingCellConfigCommon์—) rsrp-ThresholdSSB๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด rsrp-ThresholdSSB๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ SSB๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹ ํ˜ธ ๊ฐ•๋„๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€๊ฐ’๋ณด๋‹ค ๋†’์€ SSB ์ค‘ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹ ํ˜ธ ๊ฐ•๋„๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋†’์€ SSB๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์„ ํƒ๋œ SSB์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”/PRACH ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐํšŒ(Occassion)๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•ด์„œ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์„ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. The RedCap UE selects an SSB by applying rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap when rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon) includes both rsrp-ThresholdSSB_RedCap and rsrp-ThresholdSSB. RedCap UE selects an SSB by applying rsrp-ThresholdSSB if only rsrp-ThresholdSSB is included in rach-ConfigCommon (or ServingCellConfigCommon). The terminal selects the SSB having the highest received signal strength among SSBs having received signal strength higher than the reference value. The UE selects a preamble/PRACH transmission opportunity corresponding to the selected SSB and transmits the preamble.

๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์„ ์ „์†กํ•œ ํ›„ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋™์•ˆ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š”์ง€ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ , ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์„ ์žฌ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์žฌ์ „์†ก ํšŒ์ˆ˜๋กœ, ServingCellConfigCommon์— preambleTransMax_RedCap๊ณผ preambleTransMax๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด preambleTransMax_RedCap๋ฅผ, preambleTransMax๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด preambleTransMax๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ” ์ „์†ก ์‹œ, rach-ConfigCommon์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ msg1-SubcarrierSpacing์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. After transmitting the preamble, the terminal monitors whether a random access response message is received during the random access response window, and retransmits the preamble if not received. As the maximum number of preamble retransmissions, the terminal applies preambleTransMax_RedCap if both preambleTransMax_RedCap and preambleTransMax are included in ServingCellConfigCommon, and preambleTransMax if only preambleTransMax is included. When transmitting a preamble, the UE applies msg1-SubcarrierSpacing included in rach-ConfigCommon.

ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—, Msg1 ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ prach-ConfigurationIndex, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ msg1-FrequencyStart, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ rsrp-ThresholdSSB, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ preambleTransMax ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ msg1-SubcarrierSpacing์ด ํฌํ•จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ prach-ConfigurationIndex ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ msg1-FrequencyStart ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ rsrp-ThresholdSSB์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ preambleTransMax์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” RedCap UE์—๊ฒŒ๋งŒ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing๋Š” RedCap UE์™€ ๋น„RedCap UE ๋ชจ๋‘์—๊ฒŒ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ํŠน์ง•์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. Msg 1์€ ํ”„๋ฆฌ์•ฐ๋ธ”์ด๋‹ค. In one ServingCellConfigCommon, for Msg1 transmission, two prach-ConfigurationIndex, two msg1-FrequencyStart, two rsrp-ThresholdSSB, two preambleTransMax, and one msg1-SubcarrierSpacing can be included. One of the two prach-ConfigurationIndex, one of the two msg1-FrequencyStart, one of the two rsrp-ThresholdSSB, and one of the two preambleTransMax apply only to RedCap UEs, and msg1-SubcarrierSpacing applies to both RedCap UEs and non-RedCap UEs. have a characteristic Msg 1 is the preamble.

3a-23 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์—๋Š” Msg 3 ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ ๊ทธ๋žœํŠธ์™€ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์˜์—ญํ• ๋‹น์ง€์‹œ์ž์™€ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์ž„์‹œ ์‹๋ณ„์ž ๋“ฑ์˜ ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ๋‹ค. In step 3a-23, a random access response message is received from the base station. The random access response message includes information such as an uplink grant for Msg 3 transmission, a time domain allocation indicator, and a temporary identifier of the terminal.

๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” RA-RNTI๋กœ ์–ด๋“œ๋ ˆ์Šค ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์œˆ๋„์šฐ์‹œ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„์—์„œ ์†Œ์ •์˜ CORESET์—์„œ ์†Œ์ •์˜ SS๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•ด์„œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. The random access response message is addressed to the RA-RNTI. The terminal monitors a predetermined SS in a predetermined CORESET in a random access window time interval and receives a random access response message.

servingCellConfigCommon์— controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, ra-SearchSpace_RedCap ์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ra-SearchSpace_RedCap์ด 0์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋ฉด, RedCap UE๋Š” ์ œ3 CORESET#0์™€ ์ œ3 SS#0๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ RA-RNTI๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค.If controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap are all included in servingCellConfigCommon, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap indicates 0, RedCap UE applies 3rd CORESET#0 and 3rd SS#0 to -Monitors RNTI and receives random access response message.

servingCellConfigCommon์— controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace ๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ra-SearchSpace๊ฐ€ 0์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋ฉด, RedCap UE๋Š” ์ œ2 CORESET#0์™€ ์ œ2 SS#0๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ RA-RNTI๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค.If only controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, and ra-SearchSpace are included in servingCellConfigCommon, and ra-SearchSpace indicates 0, the RedCap UE applies the second CORESET#0 and the second SS#0 to monitor the RA-RNTI and sends a random access response message receive

servingCellConfigCommon์— controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, ra-SearchSpace_RedCap ์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ra-SearchSpace_RedCap์ด 0์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋ฉด, RedCap UE๋Š” ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’์„ ์‹๋ณ„์ž๋กœ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” SS ๋ฐ ์ด SS์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ CORESET์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ RA-RNTI๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค.If controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap, searchSpaceZero_RedCap, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap are all included in servingCellConfigCommon, and ra-SearchSpace_RedCap indicates a value other than 0, the RedCap UE uses the SS with the indicated value as an identifier and this SS It monitors RA-RNTI by applying CORESET related to and receives random access response message.

servingCellConfigCommon์— controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, ra-SearchSpace๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ra-SearchSpace๊ฐ€ 0์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋ฉด RedCap UE๋Š” ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’์„ ์‹๋ณ„์ž๋กœ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” SS ๋ฐ ์ด SS์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ CORESET์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ RA-RNTI๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค.If servingCellConfigCommon includes only controlResourceSetZero, searchSpaceZero, and ra-SearchSpace, and ra-SearchSpace indicates a value other than 0, RedCap UE obtains RA-RNTI by applying an SS having the indicated value as an identifier and a CORESET related to this SS. Monitors and receives random access response messages.

ServingCellConfigCommon์— ra-ResponseWindow ์™€ ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด RedCap UE๋Š” ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap์„ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์œˆ๋„์šฐ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If both ra-ResponseWindow and ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap are included in ServingCellConfigCommon, the RedCap UE determines the length of the random access response window by applying ra-ResponseWindow_RedCap.

ServingCellConfigCommon์— ra-ResponseWindow๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด RedCap UE๋Š” ra-ResponseWindow๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•ด์„œ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ์œˆ๋„์šฐ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If only ra-ResponseWindow is included in ServingCellConfigCommon, RedCap UE determines the length of the random access response window by applying ra-ResponseWindow.

๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ RedCap UE๋Š” tImeAlignmentTimer๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋™ํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ Msg 3์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด MAC PDU๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ MAC PDU๋Š” RRCRequest ๊ฐ™์€ ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ RRC ์ œ์–ด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. Upon receiving the random access response, the RedCap UE drives tImeAlignmentTimer and generates a MAC PDU to transmit Msg 3 to the base station. The MAC PDU includes an uplink RRC control message such as RRCRequest.

3a-25 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ Msg 3๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ฒฝ์Ÿ ํ•ด์†Œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ๋ฅผ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•œ๋‹ค. servingCellConfigCommon์— ra-ContentionResolutionTimer ์™€ ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด RedCap UE๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์Ÿ ํ•ด์†Œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ๋ฅผ ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap์œผ๋กœ ์…‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. servingCellConfigCommon์— ra-ContentionResolutionTimer๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด RedCap UE๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์Ÿ ํ•ด์†Œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ๋ฅผ ContentionResolutionTimer๋กœ ์…‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3a-25, the RedCap UE transmits Msg 3 to the base station and starts a contention resolution timer. If both ra-ContentionResolutionTimer and ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap are included in servingCellConfigCommon, the RedCap UE sets the contention resolution timer to ra-ContentionResolutionTimer_RedCap. If servingCellConfigCommon contains only ra-ContentionResolutionTimer, RedCap UE sets contention resolution timer to ContentionResolutionTimer.

Msg 3 ์ „์†ก ์‹œ์ ์€ ๋žœ๋ค ์•ก์„ธ์Šค ์‘๋‹ต ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์˜์—ญํ• ๋‹น์ง€์‹œ์ž์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ๋‹ค. RedCap UE๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ๊ณต์œ ์ฑ„๋„์‹œ๊ฐ„์˜์—ญํ• ๋‹น๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ(pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList)์™€ ์ œ2 ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ๊ณต์œ ์ฑ„๋„์‹œ๊ฐ„์˜์—ญํ• ๋‹น๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ(pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList)์™€ ๋””ํดํŠธ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ ์ค‘ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ์—์„œ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์˜์—ญํ• ๋‹น์ง€์‹œ์ž๊ฐ€ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ๊ณต์œ ์ฑ„๋„์‹œ๊ฐ„์˜์—ญํ• ๋‹น ์—”ํŠธ๋ฆฌ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ Msg 3๊ฐ€ ์ „์†ก๋  PUSCH์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘ ์‹œ์ ๊ณผ ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. The transmission time of Msg 3 is determined by the time domain allocation indicator of the random access response message. The RedCap UE is instructed by the time domain allocation indicator in a predetermined list among the first physical uplink shared channel time domain allocation list (push-TimeDomainAllocationList) and the second physical uplink shared channel time domain allocation list (push-TimeDomainAllocationList) and the default list. The start time and transmission period of the PUSCH to which Msg 3 will be transmitted is determined according to the physical uplink shared channel time domain assignment entry.

3a-27 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, RedCap UE๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ Msg 4๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. Msg 4๋Š” RRCSetup ๊ฐ™์€ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ RRC ์ œ์–ด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค.In step 3a-27, the RedCap UE receives Msg 4 from the base station. Msg 4 includes a downlink RRC control message such as RRCSetup.

RedCap UE๋Š” ์ œ1 PUCCH๊ณตํ†ต์ž์›์ •๋ณด(pucch-ResourceCommon)์™€ ์ œ2 PUCCH๊ณตํ†ต์ž์›์ •๋ณด(pucch-ResourceCommon) ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•ด์„œ Msg 4์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ HARQ ACK์„ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ „์†ก ์ž์›์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. The RedCap UE selects one of the first PUCCH common resource information (pucch-ResourceCommon) and the second PUCCH common resource information (pucch-ResourceCommon) to determine a transmission resource for transmitting the HARQ ACK for Msg 4.

RedCap UE๋Š” ์ œ1 PUCCH๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด(pucch-ConfigCommon)์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๋ช…๋ชฉ ํŒŒ์›Œ์˜คํ”„์…‹(p0-norminal)๊ณผ ์ œ2 PUCCH๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด(pucch-ConfigCommon)์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๋ช…๋ชฉ ํŒŒ์›Œ์˜คํ”„์…‹(p0-norminal)๊ณผ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ๊ณ ์ •๋œ ๋ช…๋ชฉ ํŒŒ์›Œ์˜คํ”„์…‹ ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ์„ ํƒํ•ด์„œ Msg 4์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ HARQ ACK ์ „์†ก์— ์ ์šฉํ•  ๋ช…๋ชฉ ํŒŒ์›Œ์˜คํ”„์…‹์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. The RedCap UE determines the nominal power offset (p0-norminal) included in the first PUCCH common configuration information (pucch-ConfigCommon) and the nominal power offset (p0-norminal) included in the second PUCCH common configuration information (pucch-ConfigCommon). A nominal power offset to be applied to HARQ ACK transmission for Msg 4 is determined by selecting one of nominal power offsets fixed with a value of .

RRCRequest ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์™€ RRCSetup ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ RedCap UE์™€ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์„ ์„ค์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. After transmitting and receiving the RRCRequest message and the RRCSetup message, the RedCap UE and the base station establish an RRC connection.

3a-31 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์ด ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ๊ณผ AMF๋Š” ๊ฐ ์ข… NAS ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์™€ ์ œ์–ด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In steps 3a-31, the base station and the AMF can transmit and receive various types of NAS messages and control messages to the terminal for which the RRC connection is established.

RedCap UE์™€ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ RRC ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์„ ๊ตํ™˜ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ๋ฅผ ์„ค์ •ํ•œ ํ›„ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The RedCap UE and the base station exchange configuration information through an RRC connection, establish a bearer, and then transmit/receive data.

SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ƒํ–ฅ๋งํฌ์ œ์–ด์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด2๊ฐ€ ๋žœ๋ค์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ฑ„๋„๊ณตํ†ต์„ค์ •์ •๋ณด๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ ์ œ2 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ ์ œ2 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋งํฌ IBWP ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ controlResourceSetZero_RedCap์ด controlResourceSetZero์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ searchSpaceZero_RedCap์ด searchSpaceZero์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์˜ ServingCellConfigCommon์—์„œ ra-SearchSpace_RedCap์ด ra-SearchSpace์˜ ๋’ค์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ์ข… ์ •๋ณด๋“ค์˜ ์ˆœ์„œ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ์ •์˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€, ์ด์ „ ๋ฆด๋ฆฌ์ฆˆ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด๋‚˜ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ๊ณผ์˜ ํ•˜์œ„ ํ˜ธํ™˜์„ฑ์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ์ด๋‹ค. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, physical downlink control channel common setting information 2 is located after physical downlink control channel common setting information. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, physical uplink control channel common setting information 2 is located behind the physical uplink control channel common setting information. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, random access channel common setting information 2 is located after random access channel common setting information. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, the second downlink IBWP configuration information is located after the first downlink IBWP configuration information. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, the second uplink IBWP configuration information is located behind the first uplink IBWP configuration information. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, controlResourceSetZero_RedCap is located behind controlResourceSetZero. In ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, searchSpaceZero_RedCap is located after searchSpaceZero. In the ServingCellConfigCommon of SIB1, ra-SearchSpace_RedCap is located after ra-SearchSpace. The order of various pieces of information is defined as above to maintain backward compatibility with terminals or base stations of previous releases.

๋„ 3b๋Š”๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๋™์ž‘๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 3B is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to a discontinuous reception operation.

3b-03 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ AMF์—๊ฒŒ ๋“ฑ๋ก์š”์ฒญ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋“ฑ๋ก์š”์ฒญ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” ๋“ฑ๋ก๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ •๋ณด, ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์˜๊ตฌ์‹๋ณ„์ž ๋“ฑ์˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋“ฑ๋ก์š”์ฒญ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” ๋˜ํ•œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ 2๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฒซ๋ฒˆ์งธ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋น„๊ต์  ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ , ๋‘๋ฒˆ์งธ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋น„๊ต์  ๊ธด ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. ๋‘๋ฒˆ์งธ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ง€์›ํ•œ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์š”์ฒญํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ํ™•์žฅ์ฃผ๊ธฐ ์ง€์›๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ •๋ณด๋กœ ์ดํ•ด๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In step 3b-03, the terminal transmits a registration request message to the AMF. The registration request message includes information related to registration, for example, information such as a permanent identifier of the terminal. The registration request message may also include information related to discontinuous reception. The terminal may include a desired discontinuous period in the control message. The terminal may include two discontinuous reception periods in the control message. The first discontinuous reception period has a relatively short value, and the second period has a relatively long value. The second cycle is also called the extended discontinuous cycle. Since the terminal's inclusion of the extended discontinuous period in the control message means that the terminal supports the extended discontinuous period, the information requesting the extended discontinuous period can be understood as information related to supporting the discontinuous extended period. .

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ AMF๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์˜๊ตฌ์‹๋ณ„์ž ๋“ฑ์„ ์ด์šฉํ•ด์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋“ฑ๋ก์š”์ฒญ์„ ์ˆ˜๋ฝํ• ์ง€ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋“ฑ๋ก์š”์ฒญ์„ ์ˆ˜๋ฝํ•˜๋ฉด AMF๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ๋“ฑ๋ก์ˆ˜๋ฝ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค.Upon receiving the control message, the AMF determines whether to accept the registration request of the terminal using the permanent identifier of the terminal. If the registration request is accepted, the AMF transmits a registration acceptance message to the terminal.

3b-05 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ AMF๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋“ฑ๋ก์ˆ˜๋ฝ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” ๋ณด์•ˆํ‚ค์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ •๋ณด, ์ž„์‹œ์‹๋ณ„์ž ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž„์‹œ์‹๋ณ„์ž๋Š” ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์—์„œ ํ• ๋‹นํ•˜๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„์ž์ด๋ฉฐ 48 bit ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž„์‹œ์‹๋ณ„์ž๋Š” ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์ž„์‹œ์‹๋ณ„์ž๊ฐ€ ํ• ๋‹น๋  ๋•Œ๊นŒ์ง€ ์œ ํšจํ•˜๋ฉฐ ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋ง ์‹๋ณ„์ž๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” ๋˜ํ•œ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ํ•„๋“œ์— ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๊ฐ’๋น„๋ช…์‹œ(DRX value not specified), ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜ = 32 (DRX cycle parameter T = 32), ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜ = 64, ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜ = 128, ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜ = 256 ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ์ง€์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๊ธธ์ด๊ธฐ๊ฐ„(eDRX cycle length duration)์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋ฉฐ 5.12์ดˆ, 10.24์ดˆ, 20.48์ดˆ, 40.96์ดˆ, 61.44์ดˆ, 81.92์ดˆ, 102.4์ดˆ, 122.88์ดˆ, 143.36์ดˆ, 163.84์ดˆ, 327.68์ดˆ, 655.36์ดˆ, 1310.72์ดˆ, 2621.44์ดˆ, 5242.88์ดˆ, 10485.76์ดˆ ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ์ง€์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ํ†ต์ƒ์ ์ธ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์„ค์ •๋œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์„ค์ •๋œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ์—์„œ ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’ ๊ฒฐ์ •์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜ 32, 64, 128, 256๋Š” ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๊ฐ’ 320 ms, 640 ms, 1280 ms, 2560 ms๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ๋ณด๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ๊ณผ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๊ณตํ†ต์š”์†Œ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ƒํ˜ธ ๋ฐฐํƒ€์ ์ด๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋™์ผํ•œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์„ค์ •ํ•ด์•ผ ํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์—†๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. In step 3b-05, the terminal receives a registration acceptance message from the AMF. The message includes security key related information, temporary identifier information, and the like. The temporary identifier is an identifier assigned by the core network and has a length of 48 bits. The temporary identifier is valid until a new temporary identifier is allocated and is referred to as a first terminal identifier. The message may also include two pieces of information related to discontinuous reception in two fields. The first field is DRX value not specified, discontinuous reception cycle parameter = 32 (DRX cycle parameter T = 32), discontinuous reception cycle parameter = 64, discontinuous reception cycle parameter = 128, discontinuous Receive Period Parameter = Indicates one of 256. The second field represents the extended discontinuous reception cycle length duration (eDRX cycle length duration) and is 5.12 seconds, 10.24 seconds, 20.48 seconds, 40.96 seconds, 61.44 seconds, 81.92 seconds, 102.4 seconds, 122.88 seconds, 143.36 seconds, 163.84 seconds, 327.68 seconds. Indicates one of seconds, 655.36 seconds, 1310.72 seconds, 2621.44 seconds, 5242.88 seconds, and 10485.76 seconds. The first field is for a normal discontinuous reception period, and a first discontinuous reception value is set by the first field. The second field is for an extended discontinuous reception period, and a second discontinuous reception value is set by the second field. The discontinuous period indicated in the first field and the extended discontinuous period indicated in the second field are used to determine the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value. The discontinuous reception period parameters 32, 64, 128, and 256 mean discontinuous reception period values of 320 ms, 640 ms, 1280 ms, and 2560 ms. As seen above, the set of values related to the first field and the set of values related to the second field do not have a common element and are mutually exclusive. This is because there is no need to set the same discontinuous period through the first field and the second field.

3b-07 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์—๊ฒŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ฑ๋Šฅ์ •๋ณด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ฑ๋Šฅ์š”์ฒญ ์ œ์–ด๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ด์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์‘๋‹ต์œผ๋กœ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ฑ๋Šฅ์ •๋ณด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์› ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ๋ฌด์„ ์•ก์„ธ์Šค๊ธฐ์ˆ ๋ณ„๋กœ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ EUTRA/LTE์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด์™€ NR์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ๋ณ„์ ์œผ๋กœ ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์› ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ์˜ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์› ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋‹ค.In step 3b-07, the terminal transmits a terminal capability information message to the base station. The base station may transmit a terminal capability request control message to the terminal, and the terminal transmits a terminal capability information message in response thereto. The control message may include information indicating extended discontinuous reception support. The extended discontinuous reception support information may be reported for each radio access technology. For example, the terminal may separately include information indicating extended discontinuous reception support in EUTRA/LTE and information indicating extended discontinuous reception support in NR. The support for extended discontinuous reception is information indicating whether extended discontinuous reception is supported in an inactive state.

๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์„ฑ๋Šฅ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์„ ์„ค์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ๊ณผ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์™„๋ฃŒ๋˜๋ฉด ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ์˜ RRC์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์„ ํ•ด์ œํ•  ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. The base station configures the terminal based on the performance of the terminal. The base station and the terminal transmit and receive data. When data transmission/reception is completed, the base station determines to release the RRC connection with the terminal.

3b-09 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ RRCRelease ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. RRCRelease ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋Š” SuspendConfig IE๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ  SuspendConfig๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3b-09, the base station transmits an RRCRelease message to the terminal. The RRCRelease message contains the SuspendConfig IE and the SuspendConfig contains the following information.

<SuspendConfig><SuspendConfig>

1: ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋ง ์‹๋ณ„์ž. RRC_CONNECTED ๋กœ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ ์ฒœ์ด ์‹œ ResumeRequest์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์‹๋ณ„์ž. 40๋น„ํŠธ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค.1: Second terminal identifier. Identifier of the terminal that can be included in the ResumeRequest when the status transitions to RRC_CONNECTED. It is 40 bits long.

2: ์ œ3 ๋‹จ๋ง ์‹๋ณ„์ž. RRC_CONNECTED ๋กœ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ ์ฒœ์ด ์‹œ ResuemeRequest์— ํฌํ•จ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์‹๋ณ„์ž. 24๋น„ํŠธ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค.2: Third terminal identifier. Identifier of the terminal that can be included in ResuemeRequest when the status transitions to RRC_CONNECTED. It has a length of 24 bits.

3: ran-PagingCycle. RRC_INACTIVE ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ ์šฉํ•  ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ฃผ๊ธฐ. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์„ค์ •๋œ๋‹ค.3: ran-PagingCycle. Paging cycle to apply in RRC_INACTIVE state. The third discontinuous reception value is set by the field.

4: ran-NotificationAreaInfo. ์…€๋“ค์˜ ๋ฆฌ์ŠคํŠธ ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ran-NotificationArea์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์ •๋ณด. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ran_NotificationArea๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋˜๋ฉด ์žฌ๊ฐœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. 4: ran-NotificationAreaInfo. Configuration information of ran-NotificationArea consisting of a list of cells, etc. The terminal initiates a resume procedure when ran_NotificationArea is changed.

5: t380. ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์  ์žฌ๊ฐœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ํƒ€์ด๋จธ.5: t380. A timer associated with the periodic resume procedure.

6. ran-extendedPagingCycle. RRC_INACTIVE ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ ์šฉํ•  ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ฃผ๊ธฐ. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์„ค์ •๋œ๋‹ค.6. ran-extendedPagingCycle. Extended paging cycle to apply in RRC_INACTIVE state. A fourth discontinuous reception value is set by the above field.

๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋น„๋กฏํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ SuspendConfig์˜ ๊ฐ์ข… ์ •๋ณด๋“ค์„ ์ €์žฅํ•œ๋‹ค. The terminal stores various types of information of the SuspendConfig including the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ 32, 64, 128, 256 ์ค‘์˜ ํ•˜๋‚˜์ด๊ณ , ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ 256, 512, 1024 ์ค‘์˜ ํ•˜๋‚˜์ด๋‹ค. ๋‘˜ ๋ชจ๋‘ ๋‹จ์œ„๋Š” ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์ด๋‹ค. ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์ด๋ผ๋Š” ํŠน์ • ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. SuspendConfig์— ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ SuspendConfig์—์„œ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์˜๋ฌด์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์„ ํƒ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ด์ „ ๋ฆด๋ฆฌ์ฆˆ์— ์˜๋ฌด์  ์กด์žฌ๋กœ ์ •์˜๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ํ•˜์œ„ํ˜ธํ™˜์„ฑ์„ ๋‹ด๋ณดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋ณธ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์—์„œ๋„ ์˜๋ฌด์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ •์˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. SuspendConfig์— ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ๋ฌด์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. The third discontinuous reception value is one of 32, 64, 128 and 256, and the fourth discontinuous reception value is one of 256, 512 and 1024. The units of both are radio frames. A terminal in an inactive state monitors paging in a specific radio frame called a paging frame. When normal discontinuous reception is set, the terminal determines a paging frame based on the third discontinuous reception value, and when extended discontinuous reception is set, a paging frame is determined based on the fourth discontinuous reception value. When only the third discontinuous reception value is included in SuspendConfig, general discontinuous reception is set, and when both the third and fourth discontinuous reception values are included, extended discontinuous reception is set. In the SuspendConfig, the third discontinuous reception value is mandatory and the fourth discontinuous reception value is selectively present. Since the third discontinuous reception value was defined as mandatory in previous releases, it is also defined as mandatory in the present disclosure to ensure backward compatibility. If both the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value exist in SuspendConfig, the terminal ignores the third discontinuous reception value and uses the fourth discontinuous reception value.

3b-11 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์…€๋กœ ์ด๋™ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์„œ๋น™ ์…€๊ณผ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์‹ ํ˜ธ ํ’ˆ์งˆ์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•ด์„œ ๋ฌด์„  ์‹ ํ˜ธ ํ’ˆ์งˆ์ด ๋”์šฑ ์–‘ํ˜ธํ•œ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์…€์„ ์žฌ์„ ํƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์‹ ํ˜ธ ํ’ˆ์งˆ์ด ์ผ์ • ๊ธฐ์ค€ ์ด์ƒ์ธ ์…€์„ ์„ ํƒํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In step 3b-11, the UE moves to a new cell. The terminal may reselect a neighboring cell having better radio signal quality by comparing the radio signal quality of the serving cell and the neighboring cell. Alternatively, a cell having a radio signal quality equal to or higher than a predetermined standard may be selected.

3b-13 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์…€์—์„œ SIB1์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์€ ์•„๋ž˜ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In step 3b-13, the UE receives system information including SIB1 in the new cell. SIB1 may include the following information.

<SIB1><SIB1>

1: ์…€์˜ ์‹๋ณ„์ž.1: The identifier of the cell.

2: ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ํ—ˆ์šฉ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” 1 ๋น„ํŠธ ์ •๋ณด. SIB1์— ์ด ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋˜์—ˆ์Œ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. SIB1์— ์ด ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. 2: 1-bit information indicating whether extended discontinuous reception is allowed or not. If this information exists in SIB1, it means that extended discontinuous reception is permitted in the corresponding cell. If this information does not exist in SIB1, it means that extended discontinuous reception is not allowed in the corresponding cell.

3: ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ฃผ๊ธฐ. 32, 64, 128, 256 ์ค‘์˜ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๊ณ  ๋‹จ์œ„๋Š” ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์ด๋‹ค. ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋Š” 10 ms์ด๋‹ค. 3: Default paging cycle. It represents one of 32, 64, 128, and 256 and the unit is a radio frame. The length of one radio frame is 10 ms.

4: ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„(modification period)๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜. 2, 4, 8, 16 ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค.4: Parameters related to the modification period. Indicates a value of 2, 4, 8, or 16.

5: ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ (HFN). ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ ํ•˜์ดํผ์‹œ์Šคํ…œํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์ด๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋Š” ํ•˜์ดํผ์‹œ์Šคํ…œํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. 5: Hyperframe number (HFN). A hyperframe is also called a hypersystem frame, and a hyperframe number is also called a hypersystem frame number.

3b-15 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3b-15, the terminal determines the paging frame.

ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋งˆ๋‹ค ๋ฐœ์ƒํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ ์•„๋ž˜ ์ˆ˜์‹์„ ๋งŒ์กฑํ•˜๋Š” SFN์ด๋‹ค. A paging frame occurs every reference discontinuous reception cycle. A paging frame is an SFN that satisfies the following formula.

[์ˆ˜์‹1] [Equation 1]

(SFN + PF_offset) mod T = (T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)(SFN + PF_offset) mod T = (T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)

T๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด, PF_offset๊ณผ N์€ SIB1์—์„œ ์„ค์ •๋˜๋Š” ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋‹ค. UE_ID๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค. ์ˆ˜์‹1์„ ํ†ตํ•ด, ๋‹จ๋ง๋“ค์€ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐœ์˜ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์— ๋ถ„์‚ฐ๋œ๋‹ค. T is the reference discontinuous receive cycle, and PF_offset and N are parameters set in SIB1. UE_ID corresponds to the first terminal identifier. Through Equation 1, terminals are distributed over several paging frames.

๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์˜ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ์—์„œ, ํ˜น์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š” ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์—ฐ์†๋œ PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ํŽ˜์ด์ง• DCI๊ฐ€ ์ „์†ก๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํƒ€์ž„์Šฌ๋กฏ์ด๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ ๋น”์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค. The terminal monitors paging at the paging opportunity of the paging frame or at the paging opportunity starting from the paging frame. The paging opportunity is composed of a plurality of consecutive PDCCH monitoring opportunities, and the PDCCH monitoring opportunity is a timeslot through which paging DCI can be transmitted. One PDCCH monitoring opportunity corresponds to one downlink beam.

์ž„์˜์˜ ์…€์—์„œ ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.In an arbitrary cell, a terminal and a base station in an inactive state determine a reference discontinuous reception cycle as follows.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If the extended discontinuous reception is not applied to the cell, the shortest value among the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle is determined as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.When extended discontinuous reception is applied to the cell, a second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined as a reference discontinuous reception cycle.

์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ RRCRelease ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ suspendConfig๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ํ—ˆ์šฉ์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. If the fourth discontinuous reception value is set to the inactive terminal through the suspendConfig of the RRCRelease message and the SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes information instructing discontinuous reception to be allowed, extended discontinuous reception is applied to the inactive terminal in the cell do.

์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€, ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’, ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉด ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์€ 5.12์ดˆ์™€ 10.24์ดˆ๋กœ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๋“ค ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋‚ฎ์€ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์ด๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด 10.24์ดˆ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ฆ‰ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด ์•„๋‹Œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, SFN์œผ๋กœ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŠน์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋ถˆ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. 1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์•„์ด๋“ค ์ƒํƒœ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. ์•„์ด๋“ค ์ƒํƒœ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ ๋ง์—์„œ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. The first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a second discontinuous reception value when the second discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and a first discontinuous reception value when the second discontinuous reception value is not a specific value. The specific values are 5.12 seconds and 10.24 seconds, which are the lowest values among the second discontinuous reception values. When the second discontinuous reception value exceeds 10.24 seconds, that is, when it is not a specific value, the first discontinuous reception value is used as the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value because it is impossible to specify a paging frame by SFN. 1 The terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a value for the discontinuous reception period of a terminal in an idle state. The idle state terminal monitors paging to receive paging generated by the core network.

์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€, SuspendConfig์— ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๋งŒ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’, ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉด ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์ƒํƒœ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋žœ์—์„œ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋˜ํ•œ ํ•ต์‹ฌ ๋ง์—์„œ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’ ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๋„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. The second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a third discontinuous reception value when only the third discontinuous reception value is included in SuspendConfig, and a fourth discontinuous reception value when both the third and fourth discontinuous reception values are included. The second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a value for the discontinuous reception period of the terminal in an inactive state. The inactive terminal monitors the paging to receive the paging generated by the LAN. The inactive terminal also monitors paging to receive paging generated by the core network. Accordingly, the inactive terminal determines the reference discontinuous reception cycle by considering the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value as well as the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.

์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์˜ ์ตœ๋Œ€๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์˜ ์ตœ์†Œ๊ฐ’์€ 256์œผ๋กœ ๋™์ผํ•˜๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด 256์ด๋ผ๋ฉด, ์ด๋Š” ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๊ณ  ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํŠน์ • ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์— ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ •์˜ํ•œ ์ด์œ ๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด์„œ ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ์‹œ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์œผ๋กœ 256์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์‹ค์ œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋Š” 256๋ณด๋‹ค ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์œผ๋กœ 256์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์‹ค์ œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์˜ ๊ธธ์ด์™€ ๋ฌด๊ด€ํ•˜๊ฒŒ 256์ด๋‹ค. The maximum value of the third discontinuous reception value and the minimum value of the fourth discontinuous reception value are equal to 256. Accordingly, if the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is 256, it may be determined by the third discontinuous reception value or the fourth discontinuous reception value. The reason why a specific discontinuous reception value is defined for both general discontinuous reception and extended discontinuous reception is to apply different monitoring operations to the discontinuous reception value. That is, if 256 is set as general discontinuous reception, the terminal determines the paging frame considering the default paging cycle, and as a result, a value shorter than 256 can be used for the actual discontinuous reception period. However, if 256 is set for extended discontinuous reception, the actual discontinuous period of the terminal is 256 regardless of the length of the default paging cycle.

๋“ฑ๋ก์ˆ˜๋ฝ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , RRCRelease ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ SuspendConfig์—์„œ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ž„์˜์˜ ์…€์—์„œ ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. A terminal that receives both the first discontinuous reception value and the second discontinuous reception value in the registration acceptance message and the third and fourth discontinuous reception value in SuspendConfig of the RRCRelease message performs paging in any cell as follows determine the frame.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is not included in SIB1 of the cell, extended discontinuous reception is not applied in the cell, and the paging frame is based on the first discontinuous reception value, the third discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle. decide

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is included in SIB1 of the cell and the second discontinuous reception value is a specific value, extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the second discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value are A paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is permitted is included in SIB1 of the cell and the second discontinuous reception value is not a specific value, extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the first discontinuous reception value and the second discontinuous reception value are applied. A paging frame is determined based on the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle.

์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด 512์™€ 1024๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ(Paging Transmission Window)์—์„œ๋งŒ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐœ์ƒํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’, ํ˜น์€ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. If the second discontinuous reception value is not 512 and 1024, the terminal receives core network paging only in the paging transmission window. The paging transmission window is periodically generated with a cycle of the second discontinuous reception value. Within the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the shortest value among the first discontinuous reception value, the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle, or the shortest value between the first discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle, and sets the paging frame judge Outside the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the fourth discontinuous reception value as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.

๋“ฑ๋ก์ˆ˜๋ฝ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , RRCRelease ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ SuspendConfig์—์„œ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๋งŒ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ž„์˜์˜ ์…€์—์„œ ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. A terminal that receives both the first discontinuous reception value and the second discontinuous reception value in the registration accept message and receives only the third discontinuous reception value in SuspendConfig of the RRCRelease message determines a paging frame in an arbitrary cell as follows.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is not included in SIB1 of the cell, extended discontinuous reception is not applied in the cell, and the paging frame is based on the first discontinuous reception value, the third discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle. decide

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is included in SIB1 of the cell and the second discontinuous reception value is a specific value, extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the second discontinuous reception value and the third discontinuous reception value are A paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค.If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is permitted is included in SIB1 of the cell and the second discontinuous reception value is not a specific value, extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the first discontinuous reception value and the second discontinuous reception value are applied. and the third discontinuous reception value, and a paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle. Within the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the shortest value among the first discontinuous reception value, the third discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle. Outside the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the shorter value of the third discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.

๋“ฑ๋ก์ˆ˜๋ฝ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์—์„œ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , RRCRelease ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ SuspendConfig์—์„œ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ž„์˜์˜ ์…€์—์„œ ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. After receiving the second discontinuous reception value in the registration accept message and receiving both the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value in SuspendConfig of the RRCRelease message, a terminal determines a paging frame in an arbitrary cell as follows.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is not included in SIB1 of the cell, extended discontinuous reception is not applied in the cell, and a paging frame is determined based on the third discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is included in SIB1 of the cell and the second discontinuous reception value is a specific value, extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, based on the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle. Determine the paging frame.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์˜ SIB1์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์† ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์งง์€ ๊ฐ’(ํ˜น์€ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด)์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค.If information indicating that extended discontinuous reception is allowed is included in SIB1 of the cell and the second discontinuous reception value is not a specific value, extended discontinuous reception is applied in the cell, and the second discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value are applied. A paging frame is determined based on the default paging cycle and the default paging cycle. Within the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the shortest value (or default paging cycle) of the fourth discontinuous reception value and the default paging cycle as the reference discontinuous reception cycle. Outside the paging transmission window, the terminal determines the paging frame by determining the fourth discontinuous reception value as the reference discontinuous reception cycle.

3b-17 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋“ค๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ํŠน์ • ํ•˜ํ–ฅ๋งํฌ๋น”์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํ•œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ์—์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ข‹์€ ๋น”์— ํ•ด๋‹นํ•˜๋Š” PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ์ˆ˜์‹  ํ™•๋ฅ ์„ ๋†’์ด๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐœ์˜ PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ๊ฐ์‹œํ•  PDCCH๊ฐ์‹œ๊ธฐํšŒ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์— ์†ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๊ณ  ํ›„์† ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์— ์†ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In step 3b-17, the terminal monitors paging opportunities. A paging opportunity consists of a plurality of PDCCH monitoring opportunities. Each PDCCH monitoring opportunity corresponds to a specific downlink beam, and the terminal can monitor a PDCCH monitoring opportunity corresponding to the best beam in one paging opportunity. Alternatively, several PDCCH monitoring opportunities may be monitored to increase the paging reception probability. A paging opportunity starts with the paging frame. The PDCCH monitoring opportunity to be monitored by the terminal may belong to the paging frame or to a subsequent radio frame.

3b-19 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž ํ˜น์€ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์—์„œ ์ƒ์„ฑ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์€ ๋žœ์—์„œ ์ƒ์„ฑ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ด๋‹ค. ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์—์„œ ์ƒ์„ฑ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ด ์ „์†ก๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์ด ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ์•„์ด๋“ค ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์˜ค์ธํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ธ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์•„์ด๋“ค ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์…€์„ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์…€์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋ฌด์„ ์ž์›์ œ์–ด์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์žฌ๊ฐœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ง„ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ณ  ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์ „๊นŒ์ง€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์…€์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3b-19, the terminal receives paging including the first terminal identifier or the second terminal identifier. Paging including the first terminal identifier is paging generated in the core network, and paging including the second terminal identifier is paging generated in the LAN. The transmission of the paging generated by the core network to the inactive terminal means that the core network misrecognizes the status of the terminal as an idle state. The terminal transitions from the inactive state to the idle state and selects a new cell. And monitor paging in the new cell. Upon receiving the paging including the second terminal identifier, the terminal proceeds with a radio resource control connection resumption procedure and transitions to a connected state. The terminal monitors paging in the cell until transitioning to a connected state.

3b-21 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์…€์„ ์„ ํƒํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์…€์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํŒ๋‹จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ๊ธฐํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋ง์‹๋ณ„์ž๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ 3b-15 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ๋งˆ์ฐฌ๊ฐ€์ง€๋กœ ์ œ3 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’ ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜์™€ ์ œ1 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3b-21, the terminal determines a paging frame. If receiving the paging including the first terminal identifier, the terminal selects a new cell and determines a paging frame in the new cell. The terminal discards the third and fourth discontinuous reception values and determines a paging frame based on the first and second discontinuous reception values and the default paging cycle. If the paging including the second terminal identifier is received, the terminal transmits one of the third discontinuous reception value and the fourth discontinuous reception value, the first discontinuous reception value, the second discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle as in step 3b-15. Based on this, the paging frame is determined.

3b-23 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3b-23, the terminal monitors paging opportunities in consideration of the determined paging frame.

๋„ 3c๋Š” ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด ์—…๋ฐ์ดํŠธ์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 3C is a diagram illustrating operations of a terminal and a base station related to updating system information.

์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง๋“ค์ด ๋™์ผํ•œ ์‹œ์ ์— ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํš๋“ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„ (modification period) ํ˜น์€ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ํš๋“๊ธฐ๊ฐ„(eDRX acquisition period)์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘ ์‹œ์ ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‹จ๋ง๋“ค์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘ ์‹œ์ ์— ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ƒˆ๋กญ๊ฒŒ ํš๋“ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ „์†ก๋˜๋Š” ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ ํŠน์ • ๋น„ํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋‹จ๋ง๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ ๊ณต์ง€๋œ๋‹ค. If system information needs to be changed, the base station changes the system information from the start of the modification period or the extended discontinuous reception period (eDRX acquisition period) so that a plurality of terminals can acquire the changed system information at the same time. and the terminals newly acquire system information at the start of the period. That system information has been changed is notified to terminals through a specific bit of a short message transmitted along with paging.

3b-03, 3b-05, 3b-07, 3b-09, 3b-11, 3b-13, 3b-15, 3b-17์€ ๋„3b์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.3b-03, 3b-05, 3b-07, 3b-09, 3b-11, 3b-13, 3b-15, and 3b-17 are described in FIG. 3B.

3c-03 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์—๋Š” 8๋น„ํŠธ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ MSB๋ฅผ bit1, LSB๋ฅผ bit8์ด๋ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€์˜ ๊ฐ ๋น„ํŠธ๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3c-03, the base station transmits a short message to the terminal. The short message is composed of 8 bits, and the MSB is bit1 and the LSB is bit8. Each bit of the short message means the following.

BitBit Short MessageShort Message 1One systemInfoModification 1๋กœ ์…‹ ๋˜๋ฉด SIB6, SIB7, SIB8์™ธ์˜ BCCH ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค (If set to 1: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7 and SIB8.). ์ด ์ง€์‹œ์ž๋Š” ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์—์„œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ BCCH ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ๊ฐ™๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์งง์€ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ์ ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค (This indication applies to UEs using eDRX cycle equal to or shorter than the BCCH modification period or using DRX cycle in the corresponding cell). If set to systemInfoModification 1, BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7, and SIB8 is indicated (If set to 1: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7 and SIB8.). This indicator applies to UEs using the discontinuous reception cycle in the corresponding cell or the extended discontinuous reception cycle equal to or shorter than the BCCH modification period. using DRX cycle in the corresponding cell). 22 etwsAndCmasIndication 1๋กœ ์…‹ ๋˜๋ฉด ETWS ์ฃผ๊ณต์ง€ ํ˜น์€ ETWS ๋ถ€๊ณต์ง€ ํ˜น์€ CMAS ๊ณต์ง€๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋‹ค (If set to 1: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/or an ETWS secondary notification and/or a CMAS notification.)If set to 1: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/or an ETWS secondary notification and/or a CMAS notification. 33 stopPagingMonitoring ์ด ๋น„ํŠธ๋Š” MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด ๊ณต์œ  ์ŠคํŽ™ํŠธ๋Ÿผ ์ฑ„๋„์˜ ๋™์ž‘์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด์„œ๋งŒ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. 1๋กœ ์…‹๋˜๋ฉด ๋‹จ๋ง์ด ํ•ด๋‹น ํŽ˜์ด์ง• ๊ธฐํšŒ์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์„ ์œ„ํ•œ PDCCH monitoring์„ ์ค‘์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค. (This bit can be used for only operation with shared spectrum channel access and if nrofPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO is present. If set to 1: indication that the UE may stop monitoring PDCCH occasion(s) for paging in this Paging Occasion) stopPagingMonitoring This bit is only used for operation of the shared spectrum channel if MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO is present. When set to 1, it indicates that the terminal can stop PDCCH monitoring for paging at the corresponding paging opportunity. (This bit can be used for only operation with shared spectrum channel access and if nrofPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionPerSSB-InPO is present. If set to 1: indication that the UE may stop monitoring PDCCH occasion(s) for paging in this Paging Occasion) 44 systemInfoModification-eDRX
1๋กœ ์…‹ ๋˜๋ฉด SIB6, SIB7, SIB8์™ธ์˜ BCCH ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค (If set to 1: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7 and SIB8.). ์ด ์ง€์‹œ์ž๋Š” ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์—์„œ BCCH ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ธด ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ๋งŒ ์ ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค (This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period in the corresponding cell.)
systemInfoModification-eDRX
If set to 1, it indicates BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7, and SIB8 (If set to 1: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB6, SIB7 and SIB8.). This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period in the corresponding cell.
5 - 85 - 8 ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ.not used.

๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด ๋‹ค์Œ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณดํš๋“ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ2 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด ๋‹ค์Œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ํš๋“๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณดํš๋“ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. The terminal receives the short message. When the first condition set is satisfied, the terminal applies the system information acquisition procedure from the start of the next change period. When the second condition set is satisfied, the terminal applies the system information acquisition procedure from the start of the next extended discontinuous reception acquisition period.

<์ œ1 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ ์ถฉ์กฑ><Satisfaction of the first set of conditions>

1: ๋น„ํŠธ1์ด 1๋กœ ์…‹๋œ ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ์ˆ˜์‹ . 1: Receive short message with bit 1 set to 1.

2: ์•„๋ž˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋จ2: One of the conditions below is met

2-1: ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์˜ SIB1์ด ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ฏธํฌํ•จ2-1: SIB1 of the cell does not include the first information related to extended discontinuous reception

2-2: ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์˜ SIB1์ด ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ  ๋‹จ๋ง์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ (์ฆ‰ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2์™€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4์ค‘ ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜๋„ ์„ค์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ)2-2: SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes first information related to extended discontinuous reception, and extended discontinuous reception is not set in the terminal (ie, neither of discontinuous reception value 2 or discontinuous reception value 4 is set in the terminal) )

2-3: ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์˜ SIB1์ด ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ  ๋‹จ๋ง์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜๊ณ  (์ฆ‰ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2๊ณผ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4 ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ์„ค์ •๋˜๊ณ , ํ˜น์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๊ณผ ๋žœ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ์„ค์ •๋˜๊ณ ), ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์งง์Œ.2-3: SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes first information related to extended discontinuous reception, and extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal (ie, at least one of discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 is set in the terminal, Or at least one of the extended discontinuous reception cycle set by the core network and the extended discontinuous reception cycle set by the LAN is set), and the set discontinuous reception value is equal to or shorter than the change period.

1๊ณผ 2-1์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, 1๊ณผ 2-2๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, 1๊ณผ 2-3์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด ์ œ1 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ 2-1, 2-2, 2-3์€ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์กฐ๊ฑด 1๋งŒ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด ์ œ1 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ถˆํ•„์š”ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ํ•œ ๋ฒˆ ๋” ํš๋“ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋กœ ์ด์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.The first condition set is satisfied when both 1 and 2-1 are satisfied, when both 1 and 2-2 are satisfied, or when both 1 and 2-3 are satisfied. Alternatively, if only condition 1 is satisfied without considering 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3, it may be considered that the first condition set is satisfied. In this case, the terminal using the extended discontinuous reception cycle leads to unnecessary acquisition of system information one more time.

<์ œ2 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ><Second condition set>

1: ๋น„ํŠธ4๊ฐ€ 1๋กœ ์…‹๋œ ์ˆ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ์ˆ˜์‹ 1: Receive short message with bit 4 set to 1

2: ํ•ด๋‹น ์…€์˜ SIB1์ด ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‹จ๋ง์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜๊ณ  ์„ค์ •๋œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋ณด๋‹ค ๊น€.2: SIB1 of the corresponding cell includes first information related to extended discontinuous reception, and extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal, and the set extended discontinuous reception value is longer than the change period.

1๊ณผ 2๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด ์ œ2 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋œ๋‹ค. If both 1 and 2 are satisfied, the second condition set is satisfied.

๋‹จ๋ง์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€, ๋‹จ๋ง์— ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2๊ฐ€ ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ ํ˜น์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€, ๋‹จ๋ง์— ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2๊ณผ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4 ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ ํ˜น์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด๊ณผ ๋žœ์— ์˜ํ•œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The fact that the extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal may mean that the discontinuous reception value 2 is set in the terminal or that the extended discontinuous reception cycle is set by the core network. Or, that the extended discontinuous reception is set in the terminal means that one of discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 is set in the terminal, or one of the extended discontinuous reception cycle by the core network and the extended discontinuous reception cycle by the LAN It can mean that it has been set.

์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์งง๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2 ํ˜น์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์‚ฌ์ดํด์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์งง๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2์™€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์งง๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2์™€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4 ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์งง๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. That the set discontinuous reception value is equal to or shorter than the change period may mean that the discontinuous reception value 2 or the length of the extended discontinuous cycle set by the core network is equal to or shorter than the change period. If both discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 are set, that the set discontinuous reception value is equal to or shorter than the change period means that at least one of the discontinuous reception value 2 and discontinuous reception value 4 is equal to or shorter than the change period.

์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ธธ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2 ํ˜น์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์‚ฌ์ดํด์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ธธ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2์™€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ธธ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’2์™€ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’4 ๋ชจ๋‘ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ธธ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. That the set discontinuous reception value is longer than the change period may mean that the length of the discontinuous reception value 2 or the extended discontinuous cycle set by the core network is longer than the change period. If both the discontinuous reception value 2 and the discontinuous reception value 4 are set, the fact that the set discontinuous reception value is longer than the change period means that both the discontinuous reception value 2 and the discontinuous reception value 4 are longer than the change period.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ํ™•์žฅ๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์ด ํ—ˆ์šฉ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ง€์‹œ์ž์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํ˜น์€ ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •์ˆ˜์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The first information related to extended discontinuous reception may be an indicator indicating that extended discontinuous reception is permitted. Alternatively, it may be an integer representing a hyperframe number.

ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋Š” 0์—์„œ 1023์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ •์ˆ˜๋กœ 10๋น„ํŠธ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ SFN0์—์„œ SFN1023์‚ฌ์ด์˜ 1024๊ฐœ์˜ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. SIB1์€ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ์™€ ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ด๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ ์—ฐ์†์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค. The hyperframe number is an integer between 0 and 1023 and has a length of 10 bits. One hyperframe consists of 1024 system frames between SFN0 and SFN1023. SIB1 includes information indicating the system frame number and hyperplay number. Hyperframes exist continuously.

๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์€ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๊ณฑํ•œ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„๋‹ค. ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์€ ์—ฐ์†์ ์œผ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉฐ ๊ฐ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์ด ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„๊ธธ์ด๋กœ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ๋กœ์—ฐ์‚ฐ์„ ์ทจํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด 0์ธ SFN์ด๋‹ค. The change period has a length obtained by multiplying the default paging cycle by the change period parameter. The change period continuously exists, and the radio frame at which each change period starts is an SFN whose value obtained by modulo operation with the change period length is 0.

ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ํš๋“๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์€ 1024๊ฐœ์˜ ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋Š” 10.24์ดˆ์ด๋ฉฐ, ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ํš๋“๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋Š” 10485.76์ดˆ๋‹ค. ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ํš๋“๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์ด ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์€ 1024๋กœ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ๋กœ์—ฐ์‚ฐ์„ ์ทจํ•œ ๊ฐ’์ด 0์ธ ํ•˜์ดํผํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋‹ค. The extended discontinuous reception acquisition period consists of 1024 hyperframes. The length of the hyperframe is 10.24 seconds, and the length of the extended discontinuous reception acquisition period is 10485.76 seconds. The hyperframe at which the extended discontinuous reception acquisition period starts is a hyperframe number whose value taken modulo 1024 is 0.

์ œ1 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ ํ˜น์€ ์ œ2 ์กฐ๊ฑด์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ด ์ถฉ์กฑ๋˜๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๋‹ค์Œ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์ด ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹œ์  ํ˜น์€ ๋‹ค์Œ ํ™•์žฅ๋œ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ํš๋“๊ธฐ๊ฐ„์ด ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹œ์ ์— 3c-05 ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. If the first condition set or the second condition set is satisfied, the terminal proceeds to step 3c-05 when the next change period starts or when the next extended discontinuous reception acquisition period starts.

3c-05๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด ํš๋“์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 3c-05, the terminal applies the system information acquisition procedure.

<์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด ํš๋“์ ˆ์ฐจ><System Information Acquisition Procedure>

1: ๋ช…์‹œ๋œ BCCH ์„ค์ • ์ ์šฉ (applying the specified BCCH configuration). ๋ช…์‹œ๋œ BCCH ์„ค์ •์€ SDAP์„ค์ •์€ ๋ฏธ์‚ฌ์šฉ, PDCP์„ค์ •์€ ๋ฏธ์‚ฌ์šฉ, RLC ์„ค์ •์€ ํˆฌ๋ช…๋ชจ๋“œ๋‹ค. 1: applying the specified BCCH configuration. In the specified BCCH setting, SDAP setting is not used, PDCP setting is not used, and RLC setting is transparent mode.

2: MIB ํš๋“ (acquire the MIB). MIB๋Š” SIB1 ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋ง ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. 2: acquire the MIB. MIB includes SIB1 scheduling information.

3: SIB1 ํš๋“ (acquire the SIB1). SIB1์€ SI์™€ SIB๊ฐ„์˜ ๋งคํ•‘ ์ •๋ณด์™€ SI์˜ ์Šค์ผ€์ค„๋ง ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. 3: acquire the SIB1. SIB1 includes SI-SIB mapping information and SI scheduling information.

4: SI ํš๋“ (acquire SI messages)4: Acquire SI (acquire SI messages)

5: ์˜จ๋””๋งจ๋“œ SI ์š”์ฒญ (request on demand system information). ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์—๊ฒŒ ๋ฐฉ์†ก๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” SI๋ฅผ ์š”์ฒญํ•œ๋‹ค. 5: On-demand SI request (request on demand system information). The terminal requests SI that is not broadcasted to the base station.

๋„ 4๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 4 is a diagram illustrating an operation of a terminal.

4a-03 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 4a-03, first information related to extended discontinuous reception support is transmitted to the access mobility function.

4a-05 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•œ๋‹ค.In step 4a-05, second information indicating extended discontinuous reception support is transmitted to the base station.

4a-07 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 4a-07, a first message including a first field and a second field is received from the access mobility function.

4a-09 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 4a-09, a second message including a third field is received from the base station.

4a-11 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 4a-11, system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle is received from the base station.

4a-13 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 4a-13, a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined.

4a-15 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. In step 4a-15, a paging frame is determined based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle.

4a-17 ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค.In step 4a-17, paging opportunities are monitored in the paging frame.

ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If the paging transmission window is not used, the terminal determines the reference discontinuous reception cycle as follows.

์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 5.12์ดˆ ํ˜น์€ 10.24์ดˆ์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If the second field indicates a value corresponding to 5.12 seconds or 10.24 seconds, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the third field, the terminal determines the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value. A reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle.

์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 5.12์ดˆ ํ˜น์€ 10.24์ดˆ์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If the second field indicates a value corresponding to 5.12 seconds or 10.24 seconds, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field, the terminal receives the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value. A reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the received value.

ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.When the paging transmission window is used, the terminal determines the reference discontinuous reception cycle as follows.

์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 10.24์ดˆ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. If the second field indicates a value exceeding 10.24 seconds, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the third field, the terminal transmits the first terminal within the paging transmission window. The reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the field, the value indicated in the third field, and the default paging cycle, and outside the paging transmission window, the reference discontinuous reception is based on the value indicated in the third field and the default paging cycle. determine the cycle.

์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 10.24์ดˆ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.If the second field indicates a value exceeding 10.24 seconds, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value, and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field, the terminal transmits the first terminal within the paging transmission window. The reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the field, the value indicated in the fourth field, and the default paging cycle, and outside the paging transmission window, the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the fourth field. .

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์€ 256 ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ๋‹ค. ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ๋‹ค. The specific value is a value corresponding to 256 radio frames. A first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined based on the first field and the second field. The second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field when the second message includes the fourth field, and determined by the third field when the second message does not include the fourth field. .

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ1 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ2 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๋ฐฐํƒ€์ ์ด๋‹ค. The first field indicates one value of a first set, which is a set of predetermined values, and the second field indicates one value of a second set, which is a set of predetermined values. The predetermined values of the second set are mutually exclusive.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ3 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ4 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ๊ณผ ์ œ4 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์„ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋†’์€ ๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋‚ฎ์€ ๊ฐ’์ด๋‹ค. The third field indicates one value of the third set, which is a set of predetermined values, and the fourth field indicates one value of the fourth set, which is a set of predetermined values, both of which are the third set and the fourth set. Including the above specific values. The specific value is the highest value of the third set and the lowest value of the fourth set.

์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ๋žœ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด๊ณ  ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด๋‹ค. The second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a discontinuous reception cycle set by the LAN, and the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a discontinuous reception cycle set by the core network.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋žœ์„ค์ •ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๋Œ€์‘๋œ๋‹ค.The fourth field corresponds to the LAN setting extension discontinuous reception cycle.

๋„ 5a๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์„ ์ ์šฉํ•œ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค. 5A is a block diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal to which the present invention is applied.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„๋ฉด์„ ์ฐธ๊ณ ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‹จ๋ง์€ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5a-01), ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5a-02), ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„ (5a-03), ์ฃผํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ (5a-04), ์ž…์ถœ๋ ฅ๋ถ€ (5a-05)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. Referring to the drawing, the terminal includes a control unit 5a-01, a storage unit 5a-02, a transceiver 5a-03, a main processor 5a-04, and an input/output unit 5a-05.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5a-01)๋Š” ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹  ๊ด€๋ จ ์ƒ๊ธฐ UE์˜ ์ „๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋™์ž‘๋“ค์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5a-01)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„ (5a-03)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€(5a-01)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5a-02)์— ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ๋กํ•˜๊ณ , ์ฝ๋Š”๋‹ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€(5a-01)๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ(processor)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5a-01)๋Š” ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ œ์–ด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” CP(communication processor) ๋ฐ ์‘์šฉ ํ”„๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ ๋“ฑ ์ƒ์œ„ ๊ณ„์ธต์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜๋Š” AP(application processor)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5a-01)๋Š” ๋„ 3a ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„3c ๋ฐ 4a์˜ ๋‹จ๋ง ๋™์ž‘์ด ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋˜๋„๋ก ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€์™€ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ๋ถ€๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. The controller 5a-01 controls overall operations of the UE related to mobile communication. For example, the controller 5a-01 transmits and receives signals through the transceiver 5a-03. In addition, the controller 5a-01 writes data to and reads data from the storage unit 5a-02. To this end, the controller 5a-01 may include at least one processor. For example, the controller 5a-01 may include a communication processor (CP) that controls communication and an application processor (AP) that controls upper layers such as application programs. The controller 5a-01 controls the storage unit and the transceiver so that the terminal operations of FIGS. 3A to 3C and 4A are performed. The transceiver is also referred to as a transceiver.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5a-02)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‹จ๋ง์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ ํ”„๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ, ์‘์šฉ ํ”„๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ, ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์˜ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์ €์žฅํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5a-02)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5a-01)์˜ ์š”์ฒญ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ €์žฅ๋œ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค. The storage unit 5a-02 stores data such as a basic program for operation of the terminal, an application program, and setting information. The storage unit 5a-02 provides stored data according to the request of the control unit 5a-01.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์Šค๋ฒ„ (5a-03)๋Š” RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€, ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€, ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์‹ ํ˜ธ์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋ณ€ํ™˜, ์ฆํญ ๋“ฑ ๋ฌด์„  ์ฑ„๋„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ๊ณต๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ RF ๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ์ƒํ–ฅ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•œ ํ›„ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์†ก์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š” RF ๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ํ•„ํ„ฐ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ํ•„ํ„ฐ, ์ฆํญ๊ธฐ, ๋ฏน์„œ (mixer), ์˜ค์‹ค๋ ˆ์ดํ„ฐ (oscillator), DAC (digital to analog convertor), ADC (analog to digital convertor) ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” MIMO๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, MIMO ๋™์ž‘ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ ์‹œ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์˜ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ ๊ณ„์ธต ๊ทœ๊ฒฉ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ๋ฐ ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด ๊ฐ„ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์†ก์‹  ์‹œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด์„ ๋ถ€ํ˜ธํ™” ๋ฐ ๋ณ€์กฐํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ๋ณต์†Œ ์‹ฌ๋ฒŒ๋“ค์„ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ๊ณต๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๋ณต์กฐ ๋ฐ ๋ณตํ˜ธํ™”๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด์„ ๋ณต์›ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ๋ถ€๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค.The transver 5a-03 includes an RF processing unit, a baseband processing unit, and an antenna. The RF processing unit performs functions for transmitting and receiving signals through a wireless channel, such as band conversion and amplification of signals. That is, the RF processing unit up-converts the baseband signal provided from the baseband processing unit into an RF band signal, transmits the signal through an antenna, and down-converts the RF band signal received through the antenna into a baseband signal. The RF processing unit may include a transmit filter, a receive filter, an amplifier, a mixer, an oscillator, a digital to analog converter (DAC), an analog to digital converter (ADC), and the like. The RF processing unit may perform MIMO, and may receive multiple layers when performing MIMO operation. The baseband processing unit performs a conversion function between a baseband signal and a bit string according to the physical layer standard of the system. For example, during data transmission, the baseband processing unit generates complex symbols by encoding and modulating a transmission bit stream. In addition, when data is received, the baseband processing unit demodulates and decodes the baseband signal provided from the RF processing unit to restore a received bit string. The transceiver is also referred to as a transceiver.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฃผํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ(5a-04)๋Š” ์ด๋™ํ†ต์‹  ๊ด€๋ จ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ œ์™ธํ•œ ์ „๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฃผํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ(5a-04)๋Š” ์ž…์ถœ๋ ต๋ถ€(5a-05)๊ฐ€ ์ „๋‹ฌํ•˜๋Š” ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž์˜ ์ž…๋ ฅ์„ ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌํ•˜์—ฌ ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋Š” ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€(5a-02)์— ์ €์žฅํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€(5a-01)๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•ด์„œ ์ด๋™ํ†ต์‹  ๊ด€๋ จ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ณ  ์ž…์ถœ๋ ฅ๋ถ€(5a-05)๋กœ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „๋‹ฌํ•œ๋‹ค. The main processor 5a-04 controls overall operations except for operations related to mobile communication. The main processor 5a-04 processes the user's input transmitted from the input/output unit 5a-05, stores necessary data in the storage unit 5a-02, and controls the control unit 5a-01 for mobile communication It performs related operations and delivers output information to the input/output unit 5a-05.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…์ถœ๋ ฅ๋ถ€(5a-05)๋Š” ๋งˆ์ดํฌ๋กœํฐ, ์Šคํฌ๋ฆฐ ๋“ฑ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ์ž…๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ด๋Š” ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ์žฅ์น˜๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ฃผํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ์˜ ์ œ์–ด์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ์˜ ์ž…์ถœ๋ ฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. The input/output unit 5a-05 is composed of a device that accepts user input, such as a microphone and a screen, and a device that provides information to the user, and performs input and output of user data under the control of the main processor.

๋„ 5b๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.5B is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station according to the present invention.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„๋ฉด์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์€ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5b-01), ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5b-02), ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„(5b-03), ๋ฐฑํ™€ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ถ€ (5b-04)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. As shown in the figure, the base station includes a control unit 5b-01, a storage unit 5b-02, a transceiver 5b-03, and a backhaul interface unit 5b-04.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5b-01)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ์ „๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋™์ž‘๋“ค์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5b-01)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„ (5b-03)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฑํ™€ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ถ€(5b-04)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€(5b-01)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€(5b-02)์— ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ๋กํ•˜๊ณ , ์ฝ๋Š”๋‹ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€(5b-01)๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€ (5b-01)๋Š” ๋„ 3a ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 3c์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ ๋™์ž‘์ด ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋˜๋„๋ก ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„. ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€. ๋ฐฑํ™€ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•œ๋‹ค.The controller 5b-01 controls overall operations of the base station. For example, the controller 5b-01 transmits and receives signals through the transceiver 5b-03 or the backhaul interface 5b-04. Also, the controller 5b-01 writes and reads data in the storage unit 5b-02. To this end, the controller 5b-01 may include at least one processor. The controller 5b-01 is a transceiver so that the base station operation shown in FIGS. 3A to 3C is performed. storage. Controls the backhaul interface.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5b-02)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ ํ”„๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ, ์‘์šฉ ํ”„๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ, ์„ค์ • ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์˜ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์ €์žฅํ•œ๋‹ค. ํŠนํžˆ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5b-02)๋Š” ์ ‘์†๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ํ• ๋‹น๋œ ๋ฒ ์–ด๋Ÿฌ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด, ์ ‘์†๋œ ๋‹จ๋ง๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋œ ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ๋“ฑ์„ ์ €์žฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5b-02)๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง์—๊ฒŒ ๋‹ค์ค‘ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜, ์ค‘๋‹จํ• ์ง€ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์˜ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ธฐ์ค€์ด ๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ €์žฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ €์žฅ๋ถ€ (5b-02)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€(5b-01)์˜ ์š”์ฒญ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ €์žฅ๋œ ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค. The storage unit 5b-02 stores data such as a basic program for the operation of the main base station, an application program, and setting information. In particular, the storage unit 5b-02 may store information on bearers allocated to the connected terminal, measurement results reported from the connected terminal, and the like. In addition, the storage unit 5b-02 may store information that is a criterion for determining whether to provide or stop multiple connections to the terminal. And, the storage unit 5b-02 provides the stored data according to the request of the control unit 5b-01.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„ (5b-03)๋Š” RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€, ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€, ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์‹ ํ˜ธ์˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋ณ€ํ™˜, ์ฆํญ ๋“ฑ ๋ฌด์„  ์ฑ„๋„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ๊ณต๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ RF ๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ์ƒํ–ฅ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•œ ํ›„ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์†ก์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š” RF ๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ํ•„ํ„ฐ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ํ•„ํ„ฐ, ์ฆํญ๊ธฐ, ๋ฏน์„œ, ์˜ค์‹ค๋ ˆ์ดํ„ฐ, DAC, ADC ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ํ•˜ํ–ฅ MIMO ๋™์ž‘์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ ๊ณ„์ธต ๊ทœ๊ฒฉ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ๋ฐ ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด ๊ฐ„ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์†ก์‹  ์‹œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด์„ ๋ถ€ํ˜ธํ™” ๋ฐ ๋ณ€์กฐํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ๋ณต์†Œ ์‹ฌ๋ฒŒ๋“ค์„ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์‹œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ RF์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ถ€๋กœ ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ๊ณต๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ €๋Œ€์—ญ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๋ณต์กฐ ๋ฐ ๋ณตํ˜ธํ™”๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด์„ ๋ณต์›ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠธ๋žœ์‹œ๋ฒ„๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ๋ถ€๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค.The transceiver 5b-03 includes an RF processing unit, a baseband processing unit, and an antenna. The RF processing unit performs functions for transmitting and receiving signals through a wireless channel, such as band conversion and amplification of signals. That is, the RF processor upconverts the baseband signal provided from the baseband processor into an RF band signal, transmits the signal through an antenna, and downconverts the RF band signal received through the antenna into a baseband signal. The RF processing unit may include a transmit filter, a receive filter, an amplifier, a mixer, an oscillator, a DAC, an ADC, and the like. The RF processing unit may perform a downlink MIMO operation by transmitting one or more layers. The baseband processing unit performs a conversion function between a baseband signal and a bit string according to the physical layer standard. For example, during data transmission, the baseband processing unit generates complex symbols by encoding and modulating a transmission bit stream. In addition, when receiving data, the baseband processing unit demodulates and decodes the baseband signal provided from the RF processing unit to restore a received bit stream. The transceiver is also referred to as a transceiver.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฑํ™€ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ถ€ (5b-04)๋Š” ๋„คํŠธ์›Œํฌ ๋‚ด ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋…ธ๋“œ๋“ค๊ณผ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฑํ™€ ํ†ต์‹ ๋ถ€ (5b-04)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์—์„œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋…ธ๋“œ, ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ๋ณด์กฐ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ, ์ฝ”์–ด๋ง ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ์†ก์‹ ๋˜๋Š” ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด์„ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์  ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋…ธ๋“œ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์  ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๋น„ํŠธ์—ด๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•œ๋‹ค.The backhaul interface unit 5b-04 provides an interface for communicating with other nodes in the network. That is, the backhaul communication unit 5b-04 converts a bit string transmitted from the main base station to another node, for example, a secondary base station, a core network, etc. into a physical signal, and converts the physical signal received from the other node into a bit string. convert to heat

Claims (13)

๋ฌด์„  ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ, ๋‹จ๋ง ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,In a wireless communication system, in a terminal method, ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Receiving a first message including a first field and a second field from an access mobility function; ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Receiving a second message including a third field from a base station; ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Receiving system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle from a base station; ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;determining a reference discontinuous reception cycle; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„; ๋ฐdetermining a paging frame based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle; and ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ ,monitoring paging opportunities in the paging frame; ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ ,If the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the third field, the criterion is based on the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle. determine the discontinuous receive cycle; ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.If the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field, a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, According to claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์€ 256 ๋ฌด์„ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• .The method characterized in that the specific value is a value corresponding to 256 radio frames. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, According to claim 1, ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜๊ณ ,A first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined based on the first field and the second field; ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜๊ณ , If the second message includes the fourth field, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.And if the second message does not include the fourth field, it is determined by the third field. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,According to claim 1, ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 5.12์ดˆ ํ˜น์€ 10.24์ดˆ์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.A method characterized in that the second field displays a value corresponding to 5.12 seconds or 10.24 seconds. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œAccording to claim 1 ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 10.24์ดˆ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉด, If the second field indicates a value exceeding 10.24 seconds, ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.If the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the third field, the value indicated in the first field and the value indicated in the third field and the default paging within the paging transmission window A method characterized in that the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the cycle, and outside the paging transmission window, the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the value indicated in the third field and the default paging cycle. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œAccording to claim 1 ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ 10.24์ดˆ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉด, If the second field indicates a value exceeding 10.24 seconds, ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋‚ด์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ํŽ˜์ด์ง•์ „์†ก์œˆ๋„์šฐ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.If the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field, the value indicated in the first field and the value indicated in the fourth field and the default paging within the paging transmission window A method characterized in that the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the cycle, and the reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on a value indicated in the fourth field outside the paging transmission window. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œAccording to claim 3 ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ1 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ2 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๋ฐฐํƒ€์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.The first field indicates one value of a first set, which is a set of predetermined values, and the second field indicates one value of a second set, which is a set of predetermined values. Wherein the predetermined values of the second set are mutually exclusive. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ According to claim 3 ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ3 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์˜ ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์ธ ์ œ4 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ํ•œ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค๊ณผ ์ œ4 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’๋“ค์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.The third field indicates a value of a third set, which is a set of predetermined values, and the fourth field indicates a value of a fourth set, which is a set of predetermined values. wherein the fourth set of predetermined values includes the specific value. ์ œ8 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œAccording to claim 8 ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋†’์€ ๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ4 ์ง‘ํ•ฉ์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋‚ฎ์€ ๊ฐ’์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.Wherein the specific value is the highest value of the third set and the lowest value of the fourth set. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ According to claim 1 ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ๋žœ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์€ ํ•ต์‹ฌ๋ง์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ์„ค์ •๋œ ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•. The second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value indicates a discontinuous reception cycle set by the LAN, and the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value indicates a discontinuous reception cycle set by the core network. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œAccording to claim 1 ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ๋Š” ๋žœ์„ค์ •ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.Wherein the fourth field corresponds to a LAN setting extension discontinuous reception cycle. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ According to claim 1 ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„; ๋ฐTransmitting first information related to extended discontinuous reception support using an access mobility function; and ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ ํ™•์žฅ๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹  ์ง€์›์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.A terminal method comprising transmitting second information indicating extended discontinuous reception support to a base station. ๋ฌด์„  ํ†ต์‹  ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ ๋‹จ๋ง์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,In a terminal in a wireless communication system, ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ๋ถ€; ๋ฐa transceiver configured to transmit and receive signals; and ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ,It includes a control unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์–ด๋ถ€๋Š”,The control unit, ์•ก์„ธ์Šค์ด๋™๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ1 ํ•„๋“œ์™€ ์ œ2 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ ,Receiving a first message including a first field and a second field from the access movement function; ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ ,Receiving a second message including a third field from the base station; ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์ด ์ง€์‹œ๋œ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ ,Receiving system information including a parameter indicating a default paging cycle from a base station; ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , determine a reference discontinuous reception cycle; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋„๋ก ์„ค์ •๋˜๊ณ ,set to determine a paging frame based on the reference discontinuous reception cycle; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์—์„œ ํŽ˜์ด์ง•๊ธฐํšŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ ,monitoring paging opportunities in the paging frame; ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ3 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋””ํดํŠธํŽ˜์ด์ง•์‚ฌ์ดํด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ ,If the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the third field, the criterion is based on the first terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value, and the default paging cycle. determine the discontinuous receive cycle; ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ํŠน์ •๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ  ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์ด ์ œ4 ํ•„๋“œ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ œ2 ๋‹จ๋งํŠน์ •๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•ด์„œ ๊ธฐ์ค€๋ถˆ์—ฐ์†์ˆ˜์‹ ์‚ฌ์ดํด์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ง.If the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is a specific value and the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value is determined by the fourth field, a reference discontinuous reception cycle is determined based on the second terminal-specific discontinuous reception value.
PCT/KR2022/014326 2021-10-18 2022-09-26 Method by which terminal determines reference paging cycle in wireless mobile communication system, and device Ceased WO2023068573A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280065663.4A CN118044287A (en) 2021-10-18 2022-09-26 Method and apparatus for determining reference paging cycle by terminal in wireless mobile communication system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2021-0138362 2021-10-18
KR1020210138362A KR102517297B1 (en) 2021-10-18 2021-10-18 Method and Apparatus for terminal to determine reference paging cycle in mobile wireless communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023068573A1 true WO2023068573A1 (en) 2023-04-27

Family

ID=85936667

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2022/014326 Ceased WO2023068573A1 (en) 2021-10-18 2022-09-26 Method by which terminal determines reference paging cycle in wireless mobile communication system, and device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US12207228B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102517297B1 (en)
CN (1) CN118044287A (en)
WO (1) WO2023068573A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022011672A1 (en) * 2020-07-17 2022-01-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Power mode distinction

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014222883A (en) * 2008-11-18 2014-11-27 ใ‚ฏใ‚ฅใ‚ขใƒซใ‚ณใƒ ใƒปใ‚คใƒณใ‚ณใƒผใƒใƒฌใ‚คใƒ†ใƒƒใƒ‰๏ผฑ๏ฝ•๏ฝ๏ฝŒ๏ฝƒ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผฉ๏ฝŽ๏ฝƒ๏ฝ๏ฝ’๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ’๏ฝ๏ฝ”๏ฝ…๏ฝ„ Method and apparatus for determining drx cycle used for paging
KR20180029236A (en) * 2015-08-07 2018-03-20 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Method and apparatus for applying a discontinuous reception mode in a wireless communication system
KR20180103104A (en) * 2016-02-01 2018-09-18 ํ…”๋ ˆํฐ์•…ํ‹ฐ์—๋ณผ๋ผ๊ฒŸ์—˜์— ์—๋ฆญ์Šจ(ํŽ) Method and apparatus for cell verification under UE eDRX
JP2019507975A (en) * 2016-02-01 2019-03-22 ใƒ†ใƒฌใƒ•ใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ขใ‚ฏใƒใƒผใƒœใƒฉใ‚ฒใƒƒใƒˆ ใ‚จใƒซใ‚จใƒ  ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ฏใ‚ฝใƒณ๏ผˆใƒ‘ใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ‰ Method for reliable paging transmission under UE EDRX
KR20200020611A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-26 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์ผ€์ดํ‹ฐ Method and apparatus for paging in unlicensed band

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN119545309A (en) * 2020-08-10 2025-02-28 ๅŽไธบๆŠ€ๆœฏๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ A communication method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014222883A (en) * 2008-11-18 2014-11-27 ใ‚ฏใ‚ฅใ‚ขใƒซใ‚ณใƒ ใƒปใ‚คใƒณใ‚ณใƒผใƒใƒฌใ‚คใƒ†ใƒƒใƒ‰๏ผฑ๏ฝ•๏ฝ๏ฝŒ๏ฝƒ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผฉ๏ฝŽ๏ฝƒ๏ฝ๏ฝ’๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ’๏ฝ๏ฝ”๏ฝ…๏ฝ„ Method and apparatus for determining drx cycle used for paging
KR20180029236A (en) * 2015-08-07 2018-03-20 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Method and apparatus for applying a discontinuous reception mode in a wireless communication system
KR20180103104A (en) * 2016-02-01 2018-09-18 ํ…”๋ ˆํฐ์•…ํ‹ฐ์—๋ณผ๋ผ๊ฒŸ์—˜์— ์—๋ฆญ์Šจ(ํŽ) Method and apparatus for cell verification under UE eDRX
JP2019507975A (en) * 2016-02-01 2019-03-22 ใƒ†ใƒฌใƒ•ใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ขใ‚ฏใƒใƒผใƒœใƒฉใ‚ฒใƒƒใƒˆ ใ‚จใƒซใ‚จใƒ  ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ฏใ‚ฝใƒณ๏ผˆใƒ‘ใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ‰ Method for reliable paging transmission under UE EDRX
KR20200020611A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-26 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์ผ€์ดํ‹ฐ Method and apparatus for paging in unlicensed band

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230117028A1 (en) 2023-04-20
US12207228B2 (en) 2025-01-21
KR102517297B1 (en) 2023-04-03
US20250113334A1 (en) 2025-04-03
CN118044287A (en) 2024-05-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023038347A1 (en) Method and apparatus by which reduced capability user equipment determines intra-frequency cell reselection parameter via system information block 1 in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023038345A1 (en) Method and apparatus by which reduced capability user equipment determines intra-frequency cell reselection parameter in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023090733A1 (en) Method and device for performing uplink shared channel transmission in random access process by ue in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023038332A1 (en) Method and device for performing random access with terminal having reduced performance, by means of plurality of common configuration information items and one time alignment timer, by base station in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023038327A1 (en) Method and device for accessing cell by terminal with reduced performance in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023038344A1 (en) Method and device for determining intra-frequency cell reselection parameters and performing cell reselection in wireless mobile communication system by means of redcap ue
WO2023113340A1 (en) Method and device for releasing rrc connection on basis of rrc control message in non-terrestrial network
WO2023038342A1 (en) Method and apparatus by which terminal having reduced performance performs random access and receives system information block 2 by using plurality of search sections and control resource set in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023096316A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing, by distributed unit, paging message in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023038343A1 (en) Method and device of base station for controlling cell access of redcap ue in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023068598A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting buffer status by terminal using plurality of pieces of first logical channel group mapping information and plurality of pieces of second logical channel group mapping information in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023068592A1 (en) Method and device for terminal to report buffer state in wireless communication system by using matching information about plurality of logical channel groups
WO2023038329A1 (en) Method by which terminal with reduced performance performs random access by using plurality of pieces of pucch common configuration information in wireless mobile communication system, and device
WO2023058940A1 (en) Method and device for requesting transmission of positioning reference signal in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023068573A1 (en) Method by which terminal determines reference paging cycle in wireless mobile communication system, and device
WO2023090731A1 (en) Method by which user equipment performs random access by using plurality of pieces of random access configuration information and plurality of pieces of common channel configuration information in wireless mobile communication system, and apparatus
WO2023113344A1 (en) Method and device for performing connected discontinuous reception in non-terrestrial network
WO2023038333A1 (en) Method and apparatus by which reduced capability user equipment performs random access by using plurality of search spaces and plurality of control resource sets in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023022403A1 (en) Method and device for rrc_inactive state terminal to transmit and receive data in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023022401A1 (en) Method by which terminal in rrc_inactive state transmits/receives data in wireless mobile communication system, and device
WO2023022407A1 (en) Method and apparatus by which terminal in rrc-inactive state reports buffer state, in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023022399A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling plurality of timers and bearers for performing rrc connection resumption procedure and data transmission/reception in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023068912A1 (en) Method and device for reporting buffer state by using multiple pieces of logical channel group mapping information and buffer state report configuration information by terminal in wireless mobile communication system
WO2023038328A1 (en) Method and device for performing random access by using plurality of pieces of pusch common configuration information in wireless mobile communication system by means of redcap ue
WO2023058959A1 (en) Method and device for terminal in inactive state to perform positioning in wireless mobile communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22883797

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280065663.4

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22883797

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1